
/*****************************************************************************\
*                                                                             *
* commctrl.h - - Interface for the Windows Common Controls                    *
*                                                                             *
* Version 1.2                                                                 *
*                                                                             *
* Copyright (c) Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.                   *
*                                                                             *
\*****************************************************************************/



#ifndef _INC_COMMCTRL
#define _INC_COMMCTRL

#ifndef _WIN32_IE       
#define _WIN32_IE 0x0600
#endif
    	
#ifndef _HRESULT_DEFINED
#define _HRESULT_DEFINED
typedef __success(return >= 0) long HRESULT;
#endif // !_HRESULT_DEFINED

#ifndef NOUSER


//
// Define API decoration for direct importing of DLL references.
//
#ifndef WINCOMMCTRLAPI
#if !defined(_COMCTL32_) && defined(_WIN32)
#define WINCOMMCTRLAPI DECLSPEC_IMPORT
#else
#define WINCOMMCTRLAPI
#endif
#endif // WINCOMMCTRLAPI

//
// For compilers that don't support nameless unions
//
#ifndef DUMMYUNIONNAME
#ifdef NONAMELESSUNION
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME   u
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME2  u2
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME3  u3
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME4  u4
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME5  u5
#else
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME2
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME3
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME4
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME5
#endif
#endif // DUMMYUNIONNAME

#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1200)
#pragma warning(push)
#pragma warning(disable:4201) /* nonstandard extension used : nameless struct/union */
#pragma once
#endif

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

//
// Users of this header may define any number of these constants to avoid
// the definitions of each functional group.
//
//    NOTOOLBAR    Customizable bitmap-button toolbar control.
//    NOUPDOWN     Up and Down arrow increment/decrement control.
//    NOSTATUSBAR  Status bar control.
//    NOMENUHELP   APIs to help manage menus, especially with a status bar.
//    NOTRACKBAR   Customizable column-width tracking control.
//    NODRAGLIST   APIs to make a listbox source and sink drag&drop actions.
//    NOPROGRESS   Progress gas gauge.
//    NOHOTKEY     HotKey control
//    NOHEADER     Header bar control.
//    NOIMAGEAPIS  ImageList apis.
//    NOLISTVIEW   ListView control.
//    NOTREEVIEW   TreeView control.
//    NOTABCONTROL Tab control.
//    NOANIMATE    Animate control.
//    NOBUTTON     Button control.
//    NOSTATIC     Static control.
//    NOEDIT       Edit control.
//    NOLISTBOX    Listbox control.
//    NOCOMBOBOX   Combobox control.
//    NOSCROLLBAR  Scrollbar control.
//    NOTASKDIALOG Task Dialog.
//
//=============================================================================


#ifndef SNDMSG
#ifdef __cplusplus
#ifndef _MAC
#define SNDMSG ::SendMessage
#else
#define SNDMSG ::AfxSendMessage
#endif
#else
#ifndef _MAC
#define SNDMSG SendMessage
#else
#define SNDMSG AfxSendMessage
#endif //_MAC
#endif
#endif // ifndef SNDMSG

#ifdef _MAC
#ifndef RC_INVOKED
#ifndef _WLM_NOFORCE_LIBS

#ifndef _WLMDLL
    #ifdef _DEBUG
        #pragma comment(lib, "comctld.lib")
    #else
        #pragma comment(lib, "comctl.lib")
    #endif
    #pragma comment(linker, "/macres:comctl.rsc")
    #else
    #ifdef _DEBUG
        #pragma comment(lib, "msvcctld.lib")
    #else
        #pragma comment(lib, "msvcctl.lib")
    #endif
#endif // _WLMDLL

#endif // _WLM_NOFORCE_LIBS
#endif // RC_INVOKED
#endif //_MAC

WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI InitCommonControls(void);

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
typedef struct tagINITCOMMONCONTROLSEX {
    DWORD dwSize;             // size of this structure
    DWORD dwICC;              // flags indicating which classes to be initialized
} INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX, *LPINITCOMMONCONTROLSEX;
#define ICC_LISTVIEW_CLASSES   0x00000001 // listview, header
#define ICC_TREEVIEW_CLASSES   0x00000002 // treeview, tooltips
#define ICC_BAR_CLASSES        0x00000004 // toolbar, statusbar, trackbar, tooltips
#define ICC_TAB_CLASSES        0x00000008 // tab, tooltips
#define ICC_UPDOWN_CLASS       0x00000010 // updown
#define ICC_PROGRESS_CLASS     0x00000020 // progress
#define ICC_HOTKEY_CLASS       0x00000040 // hotkey
#define ICC_ANIMATE_CLASS      0x00000080 // animate
#define ICC_WIN95_CLASSES      0x000000FF
#define ICC_DATE_CLASSES       0x00000100 // month picker, date picker, time picker, updown
#define ICC_USEREX_CLASSES     0x00000200 // comboex
#define ICC_COOL_CLASSES       0x00000400 // rebar (coolbar) control
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define ICC_INTERNET_CLASSES   0x00000800
#define ICC_PAGESCROLLER_CLASS 0x00001000   // page scroller
#define ICC_NATIVEFNTCTL_CLASS 0x00002000   // native font control
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define ICC_STANDARD_CLASSES   0x00004000
#define ICC_LINK_CLASS         0x00008000
#endif // (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)


WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI InitCommonControlsEx(const INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX *picce);
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

#define ODT_HEADER              100
#define ODT_TAB                 101
#define ODT_LISTVIEW            102


//====== Ranges for control message IDs =======================================

#define LVM_FIRST               0x1000      // ListView messages
#define TV_FIRST                0x1100      // TreeView messages
#define HDM_FIRST               0x1200      // Header messages
#define TCM_FIRST               0x1300      // Tab control messages

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define PGM_FIRST               0x1400      // Pager control messages

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define ECM_FIRST               0x1500      // Edit control messages
#define BCM_FIRST               0x1600      // Button control messages
#define CBM_FIRST               0x1700      // Combobox control messages
#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501

#define CCM_FIRST               0x2000      // Common control shared messages
#define CCM_LAST                (CCM_FIRST + 0x200)


#define CCM_SETBKCOLOR          (CCM_FIRST + 1) // lParam is bkColor

typedef struct tagCOLORSCHEME {
   DWORD            dwSize;
   COLORREF         clrBtnHighlight;       // highlight color
   COLORREF         clrBtnShadow;          // shadow color
} COLORSCHEME, *LPCOLORSCHEME;

#define CCM_SETCOLORSCHEME      (CCM_FIRST + 2) // lParam is color scheme
#define CCM_GETCOLORSCHEME      (CCM_FIRST + 3) // fills in COLORSCHEME pointed to by lParam
#define CCM_GETDROPTARGET       (CCM_FIRST + 4)
#define CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT    (CCM_FIRST + 5)
#define CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT    (CCM_FIRST + 6)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define COMCTL32_VERSION  6
#else
#define COMCTL32_VERSION  5
#endif

#define CCM_SETVERSION          (CCM_FIRST + 0x7)
#define CCM_GETVERSION          (CCM_FIRST + 0x8)
#define CCM_SETNOTIFYWINDOW     (CCM_FIRST + 0x9) // wParam == hwndParent.
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME      (CCM_FIRST + 0xb)
#define CCM_DPISCALE            (CCM_FIRST + 0xc) // wParam == Awareness
#endif
#endif // (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

#endif // (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
// for tooltips
#define INFOTIPSIZE 1024
#endif

//====== WM_NOTIFY Macros =====================================================

#define HANDLE_WM_NOTIFY(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
    (fn)((hwnd), (int)(wParam), (NMHDR *)(lParam))
#define FORWARD_WM_NOTIFY(hwnd, idFrom, pnmhdr, fn) \
    (LRESULT)(fn)((hwnd), WM_NOTIFY, (WPARAM)(int)(idFrom), (LPARAM)(NMHDR *)(pnmhdr))


//====== Generic WM_NOTIFY notification codes =================================

#define NM_OUTOFMEMORY          (NM_FIRST-1)
#define NM_CLICK                (NM_FIRST-2)    // uses NMCLICK struct
#define NM_DBLCLK               (NM_FIRST-3)
#define NM_RETURN               (NM_FIRST-4)
#define NM_RCLICK               (NM_FIRST-5)    // uses NMCLICK struct
#define NM_RDBLCLK              (NM_FIRST-6)
#define NM_SETFOCUS             (NM_FIRST-7)
#define NM_KILLFOCUS            (NM_FIRST-8)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define NM_CUSTOMDRAW           (NM_FIRST-12)
#define NM_HOVER                (NM_FIRST-13)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define NM_NCHITTEST            (NM_FIRST-14)   // uses NMMOUSE struct
#define NM_KEYDOWN              (NM_FIRST-15)   // uses NMKEY struct
#define NM_RELEASEDCAPTURE      (NM_FIRST-16)
#define NM_SETCURSOR            (NM_FIRST-17)   // uses NMMOUSE struct
#define NM_CHAR                 (NM_FIRST-18)   // uses NMCHAR struct
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0401)
#define NM_TOOLTIPSCREATED      (NM_FIRST-19)   // notify of when the tooltips window is create
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define NM_LDOWN                (NM_FIRST-20)
#define NM_RDOWN                (NM_FIRST-21)
#define NM_THEMECHANGED         (NM_FIRST-22)
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define NM_FONTCHANGED          (NM_FIRST-23)
#define NM_CUSTOMTEXT           (NM_FIRST-24)   // uses NMCUSTOMTEXT struct
#define NM_TVSTATEIMAGECHANGING (NM_FIRST-24)   // uses NMTVSTATEIMAGECHANGING struct, defined after HTREEITEM
#endif

#ifndef CCSIZEOF_STRUCT
#define CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(structname, member)  (((int)((LPBYTE)(&((structname*)0)->member) - ((LPBYTE)((structname*)0)))) + sizeof(((structname*)0)->member))
#endif

//====== Generic WM_NOTIFY notification structures ============================
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0401)
typedef struct tagNMTOOLTIPSCREATED
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    HWND hwndToolTips;
} NMTOOLTIPSCREATED, * LPNMTOOLTIPSCREATED;
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
typedef struct tagNMMOUSE {
    NMHDR   hdr;
    DWORD_PTR dwItemSpec;
    DWORD_PTR dwItemData;
    POINT   pt;
    LPARAM  dwHitInfo; // any specifics about where on the item or control the mouse is
} NMMOUSE, *LPNMMOUSE;

typedef NMMOUSE NMCLICK;
typedef LPNMMOUSE LPNMCLICK;

// Generic structure to request an object of a specific type.

typedef struct tagNMOBJECTNOTIFY {
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     iItem;
#ifdef __IID_DEFINED__
    const IID *piid;
#else
    const void *piid;
#endif
    void *pObject;
    HRESULT hResult;
    DWORD dwFlags;    // control specific flags (hints as to where in iItem it hit)
} NMOBJECTNOTIFY, *LPNMOBJECTNOTIFY;

// Generic structure for a key

typedef struct tagNMKEY
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    UINT  nVKey;
    UINT  uFlags;
} NMKEY, *LPNMKEY;

// Generic structure for a character

typedef struct tagNMCHAR {
    NMHDR   hdr;
    UINT    ch;
    DWORD   dwItemPrev;     // Item previously selected
    DWORD   dwItemNext;     // Item to be selected
} NMCHAR, *LPNMCHAR;

#endif           // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)

typedef struct tagNMCUSTOMTEXT
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    HDC hDC;
    LPCWSTR lpString;
    int nCount;
    LPRECT lpRect;
    UINT uFormat;
    BOOL fLink;
} NMCUSTOMTEXT, *LPNMCUSTOMTEXT;

#endif           // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0600
//====== WM_NOTIFY codes (NMHDR.code values) ==================================

#define NM_FIRST                (0U-  0U)       // generic to all controls
#define NM_LAST                 (0U- 99U)

#define LVN_FIRST               (0U-100U)       // listview
#define LVN_LAST                (0U-199U)

// Property sheet reserved      (0U-200U) -  (0U-299U) - see prsht.h

#define HDN_FIRST               (0U-300U)       // header
#define HDN_LAST                (0U-399U)

#define TVN_FIRST               (0U-400U)       // treeview
#define TVN_LAST                (0U-499U)

#define TTN_FIRST               (0U-520U)       // tooltips
#define TTN_LAST                (0U-549U)

#define TCN_FIRST               (0U-550U)       // tab control
#define TCN_LAST                (0U-580U)

// Shell reserved               (0U-580U) -  (0U-589U)

#define CDN_FIRST               (0U-601U)       // common dialog (new)
#define CDN_LAST                (0U-699U)

#define TBN_FIRST               (0U-700U)       // toolbar
#define TBN_LAST                (0U-720U)

#define UDN_FIRST               (0U-721U)        // updown
#define UDN_LAST                (0U-729U)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define DTN_FIRST               (0U-740U)       // datetimepick
#define DTN_LAST                (0U-745U)       // DTN_FIRST - 5

#define MCN_FIRST               (0U-746U)       // monthcal
#define MCN_LAST                (0U-752U)       // MCN_FIRST - 6

#define DTN_FIRST2              (0U-753U)       // datetimepick2
#define DTN_LAST2               (0U-799U)

#define CBEN_FIRST              (0U-800U)       // combo box ex
#define CBEN_LAST               (0U-830U)

#define RBN_FIRST               (0U-831U)       // rebar
#define RBN_LAST                (0U-859U)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define IPN_FIRST               (0U-860U)       // internet address
#define IPN_LAST                (0U-879U)       // internet address

#define SBN_FIRST               (0U-880U)       // status bar
#define SBN_LAST                (0U-899U)

#define PGN_FIRST               (0U-900U)       // Pager Control
#define PGN_LAST                (0U-950U)

#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#ifndef WMN_FIRST
#define WMN_FIRST               (0U-1000U)
#define WMN_LAST                (0U-1200U)
#endif
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define BCN_FIRST               (0U-1250U)
#define BCN_LAST                (0U-1350U)
#endif


#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define TRBN_FIRST              (0U-1501U)       // trackbar
#define TRBN_LAST               (0U-1519U)
#endif

#define MSGF_COMMCTRL_BEGINDRAG     0x4200
#define MSGF_COMMCTRL_SIZEHEADER    0x4201
#define MSGF_COMMCTRL_DRAGSELECT    0x4202
#define MSGF_COMMCTRL_TOOLBARCUST   0x4203

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
//==================== CUSTOM DRAW ==========================================


// custom draw return flags
// values under 0x00010000 are reserved for global custom draw values.
// above that are for specific controls
#define CDRF_DODEFAULT          0x00000000
#define CDRF_NEWFONT            0x00000002
#define CDRF_SKIPDEFAULT        0x00000004
#define CDRF_DOERASE            0x00000008 // draw the background
#define CDRF_SKIPPOSTPAINT      0x00000100 // don't draw the focus rect

#define CDRF_NOTIFYPOSTPAINT    0x00000010
#define CDRF_NOTIFYITEMDRAW     0x00000020
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CDRF_NOTIFYSUBITEMDRAW  0x00000020  // flags are the same, we can distinguish by context
#endif
#define CDRF_NOTIFYPOSTERASE    0x00000040

// drawstage flags
// values under 0x00010000 are reserved for global custom draw values.
// above that are for specific controls
#define CDDS_PREPAINT           0x00000001
#define CDDS_POSTPAINT          0x00000002
#define CDDS_PREERASE           0x00000003
#define CDDS_POSTERASE          0x00000004
// the 0x000010000 bit means it's individual item specific
#define CDDS_ITEM               0x00010000
#define CDDS_ITEMPREPAINT       (CDDS_ITEM | CDDS_PREPAINT)
#define CDDS_ITEMPOSTPAINT      (CDDS_ITEM | CDDS_POSTPAINT)
#define CDDS_ITEMPREERASE       (CDDS_ITEM | CDDS_PREERASE)
#define CDDS_ITEMPOSTERASE      (CDDS_ITEM | CDDS_POSTERASE)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CDDS_SUBITEM            0x00020000
#endif

// itemState flags
#define CDIS_SELECTED           0x0001
#define CDIS_GRAYED             0x0002
#define CDIS_DISABLED           0x0004
#define CDIS_CHECKED            0x0008
#define CDIS_FOCUS              0x0010
#define CDIS_DEFAULT            0x0020
#define CDIS_HOT                0x0040
#define CDIS_MARKED             0x0080
#define CDIS_INDETERMINATE      0x0100
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define CDIS_SHOWKEYBOARDCUES   0x0200
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define CDIS_NEARHOT            0x0400
#define CDIS_OTHERSIDEHOT       0x0800
#define CDIS_DROPHILITED        0x1000
#endif

typedef struct tagNMCUSTOMDRAWINFO
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    DWORD dwDrawStage;
    HDC hdc;
    RECT rc;
    DWORD_PTR dwItemSpec;  // this is control specific, but it's how to specify an item.  valid only with CDDS_ITEM bit set
    UINT  uItemState;
    LPARAM lItemlParam;
} NMCUSTOMDRAW, *LPNMCUSTOMDRAW;

typedef struct tagNMTTCUSTOMDRAW
{
    NMCUSTOMDRAW nmcd;
    UINT uDrawFlags;
} NMTTCUSTOMDRAW, *LPNMTTCUSTOMDRAW;

typedef struct tagNMCUSTOMSPLITRECTINFO
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    RECT rcClient;
    RECT rcButton;
    RECT rcSplit;
} NMCUSTOMSPLITRECTINFO, *LPNMCUSTOMSPLITRECTINFO;

#define NM_GETCUSTOMSPLITRECT       (BCN_FIRST + 0x0003)

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300


//====== IMAGE APIS ===========================================================

#ifndef NOIMAGEAPIS

#define CLR_NONE                0xFFFFFFFFL
#define CLR_DEFAULT             0xFF000000L


#ifndef HIMAGELIST
struct _IMAGELIST;
typedef struct _IMAGELIST* HIMAGELIST;
#endif

#ifndef IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
typedef struct _IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS
{
    DWORD       cbSize;
    HIMAGELIST  himl;
    int         i;
    HDC         hdcDst;
    int         x;
    int         y;
    int         cx;
    int         cy;
    int         xBitmap;        // x offest from the upperleft of bitmap
    int         yBitmap;        // y offset from the upperleft of bitmap
    COLORREF    rgbBk;
    COLORREF    rgbFg;
    UINT        fStyle;
    DWORD       dwRop;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)
    DWORD       fState;
    DWORD       Frame;
    COLORREF    crEffect;
#endif
} IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS, *LPIMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS;

#define IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS, dwRop)

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300
#endif

#define ILC_MASK                0x00000001
#define ILC_COLOR               0x00000000
#define ILC_COLORDDB            0x000000FE
#define ILC_COLOR4              0x00000004
#define ILC_COLOR8              0x00000008
#define ILC_COLOR16             0x00000010
#define ILC_COLOR24             0x00000018
#define ILC_COLOR32             0x00000020
#define ILC_PALETTE             0x00000800      // (not implemented)
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define ILC_MIRROR              0x00002000      // Mirror the icons contained, if the process is mirrored
#define ILC_PERITEMMIRROR       0x00008000      // Causes the mirroring code to mirror each item when inserting a set of images, verses the whole strip
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define ILC_ORIGINALSIZE        0x00010000      // Imagelist should accept smaller than set images and apply OriginalSize based on image added
#define ILC_HIGHQUALITYSCALE    0x00020000      // Imagelist should enable use of the high quality scaler.
#endif
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST  WINAPI ImageList_Create(int cx, int cy, UINT flags, int cInitial, int cGrow);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_Destroy(HIMAGELIST himl);

WINCOMMCTRLAPI int         WINAPI ImageList_GetImageCount(HIMAGELIST himl);
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_SetImageCount(HIMAGELIST himl, UINT uNewCount);
#endif

WINCOMMCTRLAPI int         WINAPI ImageList_Add(HIMAGELIST himl, HBITMAP hbmImage, HBITMAP hbmMask);

WINCOMMCTRLAPI int         WINAPI ImageList_ReplaceIcon(HIMAGELIST himl, int i, HICON hicon);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI COLORREF    WINAPI ImageList_SetBkColor(HIMAGELIST himl, COLORREF clrBk);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI COLORREF    WINAPI ImageList_GetBkColor(HIMAGELIST himl);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_SetOverlayImage(HIMAGELIST himl, int iImage, int iOverlay);

#define     ImageList_AddIcon(himl, hicon) ImageList_ReplaceIcon(himl, -1, hicon)

#define ILD_NORMAL              0x00000000
#define ILD_TRANSPARENT         0x00000001
#define ILD_MASK                0x00000010
#define ILD_IMAGE               0x00000020
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define ILD_ROP                 0x00000040
#endif
#define ILD_BLEND25             0x00000002
#define ILD_BLEND50             0x00000004
#define ILD_OVERLAYMASK         0x00000F00
#define INDEXTOOVERLAYMASK(i)   ((i) << 8)
#define ILD_PRESERVEALPHA       0x00001000  // This preserves the alpha channel in dest
#define ILD_SCALE               0x00002000  // Causes the image to be scaled to cx, cy instead of clipped
#define ILD_DPISCALE            0x00004000
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define ILD_ASYNC               0x00008000
#endif

#define ILD_SELECTED            ILD_BLEND50
#define ILD_FOCUS               ILD_BLEND25
#define ILD_BLEND               ILD_BLEND50
#define CLR_HILIGHT             CLR_DEFAULT

#define ILS_NORMAL              0x00000000
#define ILS_GLOW                0x00000001
#define ILS_SHADOW              0x00000002
#define ILS_SATURATE            0x00000004
#define ILS_ALPHA               0x00000008

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define ILGT_NORMAL             0x00000000
#define ILGT_ASYNC              0x00000001
#endif

WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ImageList_Draw(HIMAGELIST himl, int i, HDC hdcDst, int x, int y, UINT fStyle);


#ifdef _WIN32

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HBITMAP_CALLBACK               ((HBITMAP)-1)       // only for SparseImageList
#endif

WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_Replace(HIMAGELIST himl, int i, HBITMAP hbmImage, HBITMAP hbmMask);

WINCOMMCTRLAPI int         WINAPI ImageList_AddMasked(HIMAGELIST himl, HBITMAP hbmImage, COLORREF crMask);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_DrawEx(HIMAGELIST himl, int i, HDC hdcDst, int x, int y, int dx, int dy, COLORREF rgbBk, COLORREF rgbFg, UINT fStyle);
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_DrawIndirect(IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS* pimldp);
#endif
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_Remove(HIMAGELIST himl, int i);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HICON       WINAPI ImageList_GetIcon(HIMAGELIST himl, int i, UINT flags);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST  WINAPI ImageList_LoadImageA(HINSTANCE hi, LPCSTR lpbmp, int cx, int cGrow, COLORREF crMask, UINT uType, UINT uFlags);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST  WINAPI ImageList_LoadImageW(HINSTANCE hi, LPCWSTR lpbmp, int cx, int cGrow, COLORREF crMask, UINT uType, UINT uFlags);

#ifdef UNICODE
#define ImageList_LoadImage     ImageList_LoadImageW
#else
#define ImageList_LoadImage     ImageList_LoadImageA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define ILCF_MOVE   (0x00000000)
#define ILCF_SWAP   (0x00000001)
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_Copy(HIMAGELIST himlDst, int iDst, HIMAGELIST himlSrc, int iSrc, UINT uFlags);
#endif

WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_BeginDrag(HIMAGELIST himlTrack, int iTrack, int dxHotspot, int dyHotspot);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI void        WINAPI ImageList_EndDrag(void);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_DragEnter(HWND hwndLock, int x, int y);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_DragLeave(HWND hwndLock);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_DragMove(int x, int y);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_SetDragCursorImage(HIMAGELIST himlDrag, int iDrag, int dxHotspot, int dyHotspot);

WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_DragShowNolock(BOOL fShow);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST  WINAPI ImageList_GetDragImage(POINT *ppt,POINT *pptHotspot);

#define     ImageList_RemoveAll(himl) ImageList_Remove(himl, -1)
#define     ImageList_ExtractIcon(hi, himl, i) ImageList_GetIcon(himl, i, 0)
#define     ImageList_LoadBitmap(hi, lpbmp, cx, cGrow, crMask) ImageList_LoadImage(hi, lpbmp, cx, cGrow, crMask, IMAGE_BITMAP, 0)

#ifdef __IStream_INTERFACE_DEFINED__

WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST WINAPI ImageList_Read(LPSTREAM pstm);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL       WINAPI ImageList_Write(HIMAGELIST himl, LPSTREAM pstm);

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define ILP_NORMAL          0           // Writes or reads the stream using new sematics for this version of comctl32
#define ILP_DOWNLEVEL       1           // Write or reads the stream using downlevel sematics.


WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI ImageList_ReadEx(DWORD dwFlags, LPSTREAM pstm, REFIID riid, PVOID* ppv);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI ImageList_WriteEx(HIMAGELIST himl, DWORD dwFlags, LPSTREAM pstm);
#endif

#endif


#ifndef IMAGEINFO
typedef struct _IMAGEINFO
{
    HBITMAP hbmImage;
    HBITMAP hbmMask;
    int     Unused1;
    int     Unused2;
    RECT    rcImage;
} IMAGEINFO, *LPIMAGEINFO;
#endif

WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_GetIconSize(HIMAGELIST himl, int *cx, int *cy);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_SetIconSize(HIMAGELIST himl, int cx, int cy);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL        WINAPI ImageList_GetImageInfo(HIMAGELIST himl, int i, IMAGEINFO *pImageInfo);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST  WINAPI ImageList_Merge(HIMAGELIST himl1, int i1, HIMAGELIST himl2, int i2, int dx, int dy);
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HIMAGELIST  WINAPI ImageList_Duplicate(HIMAGELIST himl);
#endif


#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI HIMAGELIST_QueryInterface(HIMAGELIST himl, REFIID riid, void** ppv);

#ifdef __cplusplus
FORCEINLINE HIMAGELIST IImageListToHIMAGELIST(struct IImageList *himl)
{
    return reinterpret_cast<HIMAGELIST>(himl);
}
#else
#define IImageListToHIMAGELIST(himl) ((HIMAGELIST)(himl))
#endif

#endif


#endif


//====== HEADER CONTROL =======================================================

#ifndef NOHEADER

#ifdef _WIN32
#define WC_HEADERA              "SysHeader32"
#define WC_HEADERW              L"SysHeader32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_HEADER               WC_HEADERW
#else
#define WC_HEADER               WC_HEADERA
#endif

#else
#define WC_HEADER               "SysHeader"
#endif

// begin_r_commctrl

#define HDS_HORZ                0x0000
#define HDS_BUTTONS             0x0002
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDS_HOTTRACK            0x0004
#endif
#define HDS_HIDDEN              0x0008

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDS_DRAGDROP            0x0040
#define HDS_FULLDRAG            0x0080
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define HDS_FILTERBAR           0x0100
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define HDS_FLAT                0x0200
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HDS_CHECKBOXES          0x0400
#define HDS_NOSIZING            0x0800
#define HDS_OVERFLOW            0x1000
#endif
// end_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

#define HDFT_ISSTRING       0x0000      // HD_ITEM.pvFilter points to a HD_TEXTFILTER
#define HDFT_ISNUMBER       0x0001      // HD_ITEM.pvFilter points to a INT
#define HDFT_ISDATE         0x0002      // HD_ITEM.pvFilter points to a DWORD (dos date)

#define HDFT_HASNOVALUE     0x8000      // clear the filter, by setting this bit

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HD_TEXTFILTER HD_TEXTFILTERW
#define HDTEXTFILTER HD_TEXTFILTERW
#define LPHD_TEXTFILTER LPHD_TEXTFILTERW
#define LPHDTEXTFILTER LPHD_TEXTFILTERW
#else
#define HD_TEXTFILTER HD_TEXTFILTERA
#define HDTEXTFILTER HD_TEXTFILTERA
#define LPHD_TEXTFILTER LPHD_TEXTFILTERA
#define LPHDTEXTFILTER LPHD_TEXTFILTERA
#endif

typedef struct _HD_TEXTFILTERA
{
    LPSTR pszText;                      // [in] pointer to the buffer containing the filter (ANSI)
    INT cchTextMax;                     // [in] max size of buffer/edit control buffer
} HD_TEXTFILTERA, *LPHD_TEXTFILTERA;

typedef struct _HD_TEXTFILTERW
{
    LPWSTR pszText;                     // [in] pointer to the buffer contiaining the filter (UNICODE)
    INT cchTextMax;                     // [in] max size of buffer/edit control buffer
} HD_TEXTFILTERW, *LPHD_TEXTFILTERW;

#endif  // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0500

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HD_ITEMA HDITEMA
#define HD_ITEMW HDITEMW
#else
#define HDITEMW  HD_ITEMW
#define HDITEMA  HD_ITEMA
#endif
#define HD_ITEM HDITEM

typedef struct _HD_ITEMA
{
    UINT    mask;
    int     cxy;
    LPSTR   pszText;
    HBITMAP hbm;
    int     cchTextMax;
    int     fmt;
    LPARAM  lParam;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    int     iImage;        // index of bitmap in ImageList
    int     iOrder;        // where to draw this item
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
    UINT    type;           // [in] filter type (defined what pvFilter is a pointer to)
    void *  pvFilter;       // [in] filter data see above
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
    UINT   state;
#endif
} HDITEMA, *LPHDITEMA;

#define HDITEMA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(HDITEMA, lParam)
#define HDITEMW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(HDITEMW, lParam)


typedef struct _HD_ITEMW
{
    UINT    mask;
    int     cxy;
    LPWSTR  pszText;
    HBITMAP hbm;
    int     cchTextMax;
    int     fmt;
    LPARAM  lParam;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    int     iImage;        // index of bitmap in ImageList
    int     iOrder;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
    UINT    type;           // [in] filter type (defined what pvFilter is a pointer to)
    void *  pvFilter;       // [in] fillter data see above
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
    UINT   state;
#endif
} HDITEMW, *LPHDITEMW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDITEM HDITEMW
#define LPHDITEM LPHDITEMW
#define HDITEM_V1_SIZE HDITEMW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define HDITEM HDITEMA
#define LPHDITEM LPHDITEMA
#define HDITEM_V1_SIZE HDITEMA_V1_SIZE
#endif


#define HDI_WIDTH               0x0001
#define HDI_HEIGHT              HDI_WIDTH
#define HDI_TEXT                0x0002
#define HDI_FORMAT              0x0004
#define HDI_LPARAM              0x0008
#define HDI_BITMAP              0x0010
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDI_IMAGE               0x0020
#define HDI_DI_SETITEM          0x0040
#define HDI_ORDER               0x0080
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define HDI_FILTER              0x0100
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HDI_STATE               0x0200
#endif

// HDF_ flags are shared with the listview control (LVCFMT_ flags)

#define HDF_LEFT                0x0000 // Same as LVCFMT_LEFT
#define HDF_RIGHT               0x0001 // Same as LVCFMT_RIGHT
#define HDF_CENTER              0x0002 // Same as LVCFMT_CENTER
#define HDF_JUSTIFYMASK         0x0003 // Same as LVCFMT_JUSTIFYMASK
#define HDF_RTLREADING          0x0004 // Same as LVCFMT_LEFT

#define HDF_BITMAP              0x2000
#define HDF_STRING              0x4000
#define HDF_OWNERDRAW           0x8000 // Same as LVCFMT_COL_HAS_IMAGES
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDF_IMAGE               0x0800 // Same as LVCFMT_IMAGE
#define HDF_BITMAP_ON_RIGHT     0x1000 // Same as LVCFMT_BITMAP_ON_RIGHT
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define HDF_SORTUP              0x0400
#define HDF_SORTDOWN            0x0200
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HDF_CHECKBOX            0x0040
#define HDF_CHECKED             0x0080
#define HDF_FIXEDWIDTH          0x0100 // Can't resize the column; same as LVCFMT_FIXED_WIDTH
#define HDF_SPLITBUTTON      0x1000000 // Column is a split button; same as LVCFMT_SPLITBUTTON
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HDIS_FOCUSED            0x00000001
#endif

#define HDM_GETITEMCOUNT        (HDM_FIRST + 0)
#define Header_GetItemCount(hwndHD) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_GETITEMCOUNT, 0, 0L)


#define HDM_INSERTITEMA         (HDM_FIRST + 1)
#define HDM_INSERTITEMW         (HDM_FIRST + 10)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDM_INSERTITEM          HDM_INSERTITEMW
#else
#define HDM_INSERTITEM          HDM_INSERTITEMA
#endif

#define Header_InsertItem(hwndHD, i, phdi) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_INSERTITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(const HD_ITEM *)(phdi))


#define HDM_DELETEITEM          (HDM_FIRST + 2)
#define Header_DeleteItem(hwndHD, i) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_DELETEITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), 0L)


#define HDM_GETITEMA            (HDM_FIRST + 3)
#define HDM_GETITEMW            (HDM_FIRST + 11)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDM_GETITEM             HDM_GETITEMW
#else
#define HDM_GETITEM             HDM_GETITEMA
#endif

#define Header_GetItem(hwndHD, i, phdi) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_GETITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(HD_ITEM *)(phdi))


#define HDM_SETITEMA            (HDM_FIRST + 4)
#define HDM_SETITEMW            (HDM_FIRST + 12)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDM_SETITEM             HDM_SETITEMW
#else
#define HDM_SETITEM             HDM_SETITEMA
#endif

#define Header_SetItem(hwndHD, i, phdi) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_SETITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(const HD_ITEM *)(phdi))

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HD_LAYOUT  HDLAYOUT
#else
#define HDLAYOUT   HD_LAYOUT
#endif

typedef struct _HD_LAYOUT
{
    RECT *prc;
    WINDOWPOS *pwpos;
} HDLAYOUT, *LPHDLAYOUT;


#define HDM_LAYOUT              (HDM_FIRST + 5)
#define Header_Layout(hwndHD, playout) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_LAYOUT, 0, (LPARAM)(HD_LAYOUT *)(playout))


#define HHT_NOWHERE             0x0001
#define HHT_ONHEADER            0x0002
#define HHT_ONDIVIDER           0x0004
#define HHT_ONDIVOPEN           0x0008
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define HHT_ONFILTER            0x0010
#define HHT_ONFILTERBUTTON      0x0020
#endif
#define HHT_ABOVE               0x0100
#define HHT_BELOW               0x0200
#define HHT_TORIGHT             0x0400
#define HHT_TOLEFT              0x0800
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HHT_ONITEMSTATEICON     0x1000
#define HHT_ONDROPDOWN          0x2000
#define HHT_ONOVERFLOW          0x4000
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HD_HITTESTINFO HDHITTESTINFO
#else
#define HDHITTESTINFO  HD_HITTESTINFO
#endif

typedef struct _HD_HITTESTINFO
{
    POINT pt;
    UINT flags;
    int iItem;
} HDHITTESTINFO, *LPHDHITTESTINFO;

#define HDSIL_NORMAL            0
#define HDSIL_STATE             1

#define HDM_HITTEST             (HDM_FIRST + 6)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)

#define HDM_GETITEMRECT         (HDM_FIRST + 7)
#define Header_GetItemRect(hwnd, iItem, lprc) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(iItem), (LPARAM)(lprc))

#define HDM_SETIMAGELIST        (HDM_FIRST + 8)
#define Header_SetImageList(hwnd, himl) \
        (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETIMAGELIST, HDSIL_NORMAL, (LPARAM)(himl))
#define Header_SetStateImageList(hwnd, himl) \
        (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETIMAGELIST, HDSIL_STATE, (LPARAM)(himl))

#define HDM_GETIMAGELIST        (HDM_FIRST + 9)
#define Header_GetImageList(hwnd) \
        (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETIMAGELIST, HDSIL_NORMAL, 0)
#define Header_GetStateImageList(hwnd) \
        (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETIMAGELIST, HDSIL_STATE, 0)

#define HDM_ORDERTOINDEX        (HDM_FIRST + 15)
#define Header_OrderToIndex(hwnd, i) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_ORDERTOINDEX, (WPARAM)(i), 0)

#define HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE     (HDM_FIRST + 16)  // wparam = which item (by index)
#define Header_CreateDragImage(hwnd, i) \
        (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE, (WPARAM)(i), 0)

#define HDM_GETORDERARRAY       (HDM_FIRST + 17)
#define Header_GetOrderArray(hwnd, iCount, lpi) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETORDERARRAY, (WPARAM)(iCount), (LPARAM)(lpi))

#define HDM_SETORDERARRAY       (HDM_FIRST + 18)
#define Header_SetOrderArray(hwnd, iCount, lpi) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETORDERARRAY, (WPARAM)(iCount), (LPARAM)(lpi))
// lparam = int array of size HDM_GETITEMCOUNT
// the array specifies the order that all items should be displayed.
// e.g.  { 2, 0, 1}
// says the index 2 item should be shown in the 0ths position
//      index 0 should be shown in the 1st position
//      index 1 should be shown in the 2nd position


#define HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER          (HDM_FIRST + 19)
#define Header_SetHotDivider(hwnd, fPos, dw) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER, (WPARAM)(fPos), (LPARAM)(dw))
// convenience message for external dragdrop
// wParam = BOOL  specifying whether the lParam is a dwPos of the cursor
//              position or the index of which divider to hotlight
// lParam = depends on wParam  (-1 and wParm = FALSE turns off hotlight)
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

#define HDM_SETBITMAPMARGIN          (HDM_FIRST + 20)
#define Header_SetBitmapMargin(hwnd, iWidth) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETBITMAPMARGIN, (WPARAM)(iWidth), 0)

#define HDM_GETBITMAPMARGIN          (HDM_FIRST + 21)
#define Header_GetBitmapMargin(hwnd) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETBITMAPMARGIN, 0, 0)
#endif


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define HDM_SETUNICODEFORMAT   CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define Header_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode)  \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)

#define HDM_GETUNICODEFORMAT   CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define Header_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd)  \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define HDM_SETFILTERCHANGETIMEOUT  (HDM_FIRST+22)
#define Header_SetFilterChangeTimeout(hwnd, i) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETFILTERCHANGETIMEOUT, 0, (LPARAM)(i))

#define HDM_EDITFILTER          (HDM_FIRST+23)
#define Header_EditFilter(hwnd, i, fDiscardChanges) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_EDITFILTER, (WPARAM)(i), MAKELPARAM(fDiscardChanges, 0))

// Clear filter takes -1 as a column value to indicate that all
// the filter should be cleared.  When this happens you will
// only receive a single filter changed notification.

#define HDM_CLEARFILTER         (HDM_FIRST+24)
#define Header_ClearFilter(hwnd, i) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_CLEARFILTER, (WPARAM)(i), 0)
#define Header_ClearAllFilters(hwnd) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_CLEARFILTER, (WPARAM)-1, 0)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define HDM_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR    CCM_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600)

#define HDM_GETITEMDROPDOWNRECT (HDM_FIRST+25)  // rect of item's drop down button
#define Header_GetItemDropDownRect(hwnd, iItem, lprc) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETITEMDROPDOWNRECT, (WPARAM)(iItem), (LPARAM)(lprc))

#define HDM_GETOVERFLOWRECT (HDM_FIRST+26)  // rect of overflow button
#define Header_GetOverflowRect(hwnd, lprc) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETOVERFLOWRECT, 0, (LPARAM)(lprc))

#define HDM_GETFOCUSEDITEM (HDM_FIRST+27)
#define Header_GetFocusedItem(hwnd) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETFOCUSEDITEM, (WPARAM)(0), (LPARAM)(0))

#define HDM_SETFOCUSEDITEM (HDM_FIRST+28)
#define Header_SetFocusedItem(hwnd, iItem) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETFOCUSEDITEM, (WPARAM)(0), (LPARAM)(iItem))

#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600

#define HDN_ITEMCHANGINGA       (HDN_FIRST-0)
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGINGW       (HDN_FIRST-20)
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGEDA        (HDN_FIRST-1)
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGEDW        (HDN_FIRST-21)
#define HDN_ITEMCLICKA          (HDN_FIRST-2)
#define HDN_ITEMCLICKW          (HDN_FIRST-22)
#define HDN_ITEMDBLCLICKA       (HDN_FIRST-3)
#define HDN_ITEMDBLCLICKW       (HDN_FIRST-23)
#define HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICKA    (HDN_FIRST-5)
#define HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICKW    (HDN_FIRST-25)
#define HDN_BEGINTRACKA         (HDN_FIRST-6)
#define HDN_BEGINTRACKW         (HDN_FIRST-26)
#define HDN_ENDTRACKA           (HDN_FIRST-7)
#define HDN_ENDTRACKW           (HDN_FIRST-27)
#define HDN_TRACKA              (HDN_FIRST-8)
#define HDN_TRACKW              (HDN_FIRST-28)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDN_GETDISPINFOA        (HDN_FIRST-9)
#define HDN_GETDISPINFOW        (HDN_FIRST-29)
#define HDN_BEGINDRAG           (HDN_FIRST-10)
#define HDN_ENDDRAG             (HDN_FIRST-11)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define HDN_FILTERCHANGE        (HDN_FIRST-12)
#define HDN_FILTERBTNCLICK      (HDN_FIRST-13)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define HDN_BEGINFILTEREDIT     (HDN_FIRST-14)
#define HDN_ENDFILTEREDIT       (HDN_FIRST-15)
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define HDN_ITEMSTATEICONCLICK  (HDN_FIRST-16)
#define HDN_ITEMKEYDOWN         (HDN_FIRST-17)
#define HDN_DROPDOWN            (HDN_FIRST-18)
#define HDN_OVERFLOWCLICK       (HDN_FIRST-19)
#endif

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGING         HDN_ITEMCHANGINGW
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGED          HDN_ITEMCHANGEDW
#define HDN_ITEMCLICK            HDN_ITEMCLICKW
#define HDN_ITEMDBLCLICK         HDN_ITEMDBLCLICKW
#define HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICK      HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICKW
#define HDN_BEGINTRACK           HDN_BEGINTRACKW
#define HDN_ENDTRACK             HDN_ENDTRACKW
#define HDN_TRACK                HDN_TRACKW
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDN_GETDISPINFO          HDN_GETDISPINFOW
#endif
#else
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGING         HDN_ITEMCHANGINGA
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGED          HDN_ITEMCHANGEDA
#define HDN_ITEMCLICK            HDN_ITEMCLICKA
#define HDN_ITEMDBLCLICK         HDN_ITEMDBLCLICKA
#define HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICK      HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICKA
#define HDN_BEGINTRACK           HDN_BEGINTRACKA
#define HDN_ENDTRACK             HDN_ENDTRACKA
#define HDN_TRACK                HDN_TRACKA
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HDN_GETDISPINFO          HDN_GETDISPINFOA
#endif
#endif



#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HD_NOTIFYA              NMHEADERA
#define HD_NOTIFYW              NMHEADERW
#else
#define tagNMHEADERA            _HD_NOTIFY
#define NMHEADERA               HD_NOTIFYA
#define tagHMHEADERW            _HD_NOTIFYW
#define NMHEADERW               HD_NOTIFYW
#endif
#define HD_NOTIFY               NMHEADER

typedef struct tagNMHEADERA
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     iItem;
    int     iButton;
    HDITEMA *pitem;
}  NMHEADERA, *LPNMHEADERA;


typedef struct tagNMHEADERW
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     iItem;
    int     iButton;
    HDITEMW *pitem;
} NMHEADERW, *LPNMHEADERW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMHEADER                NMHEADERW
#define LPNMHEADER              LPNMHEADERW
#else
#define NMHEADER                NMHEADERA
#define LPNMHEADER              LPNMHEADERA
#endif

typedef struct tagNMHDDISPINFOW
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     iItem;
    UINT    mask;
    LPWSTR  pszText;
    int     cchTextMax;
    int     iImage;
    LPARAM  lParam;
} NMHDDISPINFOW, *LPNMHDDISPINFOW;

typedef struct tagNMHDDISPINFOA
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     iItem;
    UINT    mask;
    LPSTR   pszText;
    int     cchTextMax;
    int     iImage;
    LPARAM  lParam;
} NMHDDISPINFOA, *LPNMHDDISPINFOA;


#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMHDDISPINFO            NMHDDISPINFOW
#define LPNMHDDISPINFO          LPNMHDDISPINFOW
#else
#define NMHDDISPINFO            NMHDDISPINFOA
#define LPNMHDDISPINFO          LPNMHDDISPINFOA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
typedef struct tagNMHDFILTERBTNCLICK
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    INT iItem;
    RECT rc;
} NMHDFILTERBTNCLICK, *LPNMHDFILTERBTNCLICK;
#endif

#endif      // NOHEADER


//====== TOOLBAR CONTROL ======================================================

#ifndef NOTOOLBAR

#ifdef _WIN32
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAMEW       L"ToolbarWindow32"
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAMEA       "ToolbarWindow32"

#ifdef  UNICODE
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAME        TOOLBARCLASSNAMEW
#else
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAME        TOOLBARCLASSNAMEA
#endif

#else
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAME        "ToolbarWindow"
#endif

typedef struct _TBBUTTON {
    int iBitmap;
    int idCommand;
    BYTE fsState;
    BYTE fsStyle;
#ifdef _WIN64
    BYTE bReserved[6];          // padding for alignment
#elif defined(_WIN32)
    BYTE bReserved[2];          // padding for alignment
#endif
    DWORD_PTR dwData;
    INT_PTR iString;
} TBBUTTON, NEAR* PTBBUTTON, *LPTBBUTTON;
typedef const TBBUTTON *LPCTBBUTTON;


typedef struct _COLORMAP {
    COLORREF from;
    COLORREF to;
} COLORMAP, *LPCOLORMAP;

WINCOMMCTRLAPI HWND WINAPI CreateToolbarEx(HWND hwnd, DWORD ws, UINT wID, int nBitmaps,
                        HINSTANCE hBMInst, UINT_PTR wBMID, LPCTBBUTTON lpButtons,
                        int iNumButtons, int dxButton, int dyButton,
                        int dxBitmap, int dyBitmap, UINT uStructSize);

WINCOMMCTRLAPI HBITMAP WINAPI CreateMappedBitmap(HINSTANCE hInstance, INT_PTR idBitmap,
                                  UINT wFlags, __in_opt LPCOLORMAP lpColorMap,
                                  int iNumMaps);

#define CMB_MASKED              0x02
#define TBSTATE_CHECKED         0x01
#define TBSTATE_PRESSED         0x02
#define TBSTATE_ENABLED         0x04
#define TBSTATE_HIDDEN          0x08
#define TBSTATE_INDETERMINATE   0x10
#define TBSTATE_WRAP            0x20
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBSTATE_ELLIPSES        0x40
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TBSTATE_MARKED          0x80
#endif

// begin_r_commctrl

#define TBSTYLE_BUTTON          0x0000  // obsolete; use BTNS_BUTTON instead
#define TBSTYLE_SEP             0x0001  // obsolete; use BTNS_SEP instead
#define TBSTYLE_CHECK           0x0002  // obsolete; use BTNS_CHECK instead
#define TBSTYLE_GROUP           0x0004  // obsolete; use BTNS_GROUP instead
#define TBSTYLE_CHECKGROUP      (TBSTYLE_GROUP | TBSTYLE_CHECK)     // obsolete; use BTNS_CHECKGROUP instead
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN        0x0008  // obsolete; use BTNS_DROPDOWN instead
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE        0x0010  // obsolete; use BTNS_AUTOSIZE instead
#define TBSTYLE_NOPREFIX        0x0020  // obsolete; use BTNS_NOPREFIX instead
#endif

#define TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS        0x0100
#define TBSTYLE_WRAPABLE        0x0200
#define TBSTYLE_ALTDRAG         0x0400
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBSTYLE_FLAT            0x0800
#define TBSTYLE_LIST            0x1000
#define TBSTYLE_CUSTOMERASE     0x2000
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TBSTYLE_REGISTERDROP    0x4000
#define TBSTYLE_TRANSPARENT     0x8000

// end_r_commctrl

#define TBSTYLE_EX_DRAWDDARROWS 0x00000001

// begin_r_commctrl
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define BTNS_BUTTON     TBSTYLE_BUTTON      // 0x0000
#define BTNS_SEP        TBSTYLE_SEP         // 0x0001
#define BTNS_CHECK      TBSTYLE_CHECK       // 0x0002
#define BTNS_GROUP      TBSTYLE_GROUP       // 0x0004
#define BTNS_CHECKGROUP TBSTYLE_CHECKGROUP  // (TBSTYLE_GROUP | TBSTYLE_CHECK)
#define BTNS_DROPDOWN   TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN    // 0x0008
#define BTNS_AUTOSIZE   TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE    // 0x0010; automatically calculate the cx of the button
#define BTNS_NOPREFIX   TBSTYLE_NOPREFIX    // 0x0020; this button should not have accel prefix
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)
#define BTNS_SHOWTEXT   0x0040              // ignored unless TBSTYLE_EX_MIXEDBUTTONS is set
#endif  // 0x0501
#define BTNS_WHOLEDROPDOWN  0x0080          // draw drop-down arrow, but without split arrow section
#endif

// end_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)
#define TBSTYLE_EX_MIXEDBUTTONS             0x00000008
#define TBSTYLE_EX_HIDECLIPPEDBUTTONS       0x00000010  // don't show partially obscured buttons
#endif  // 0x0501


#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TBSTYLE_EX_DOUBLEBUFFER             0x00000080 // Double Buffer the toolbar
#endif


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
// Custom Draw Structure
typedef struct _NMTBCUSTOMDRAW {
    NMCUSTOMDRAW nmcd;
    HBRUSH hbrMonoDither;
    HBRUSH hbrLines;                // For drawing lines on buttons
    HPEN hpenLines;                 // For drawing lines on buttons

    COLORREF clrText;               // Color of text
    COLORREF clrMark;               // Color of text bk when marked. (only if TBSTATE_MARKED)
    COLORREF clrTextHighlight;      // Color of text when highlighted
    COLORREF clrBtnFace;            // Background of the button
    COLORREF clrBtnHighlight;       // 3D highlight
    COLORREF clrHighlightHotTrack;  // In conjunction with fHighlightHotTrack
                                    // will cause button to highlight like a menu
    RECT rcText;                    // Rect for text

    int nStringBkMode;
    int nHLStringBkMode;
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
    int iListGap;
#endif
} NMTBCUSTOMDRAW, * LPNMTBCUSTOMDRAW;

// Toolbar custom draw return flags
#define TBCDRF_NOEDGES              0x00010000  // Don't draw button edges
#define TBCDRF_HILITEHOTTRACK       0x00020000  // Use color of the button bk when hottracked
#define TBCDRF_NOOFFSET             0x00040000  // Don't offset button if pressed
#define TBCDRF_NOMARK               0x00080000  // Don't draw default highlight of image/text for TBSTATE_MARKED
#define TBCDRF_NOETCHEDEFFECT       0x00100000  // Don't draw etched effect for disabled items
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TBCDRF_BLENDICON            0x00200000  // Use ILD_BLEND50 on the icon image
#define TBCDRF_NOBACKGROUND         0x00400000  // Use ILD_BLEND50 on the icon image
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define TBCDRF_USECDCOLORS          0x00800000  // Use CustomDrawColors to RenderText regardless of VisualStyle
#endif

#define TB_ENABLEBUTTON         (WM_USER + 1)
#define TB_CHECKBUTTON          (WM_USER + 2)
#define TB_PRESSBUTTON          (WM_USER + 3)
#define TB_HIDEBUTTON           (WM_USER + 4)
#define TB_INDETERMINATE        (WM_USER + 5)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TB_MARKBUTTON           (WM_USER + 6)
#endif
#define TB_ISBUTTONENABLED      (WM_USER + 9)
#define TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED      (WM_USER + 10)
#define TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED      (WM_USER + 11)
#define TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN       (WM_USER + 12)
#define TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE (WM_USER + 13)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TB_ISBUTTONHIGHLIGHTED  (WM_USER + 14)
#endif
#define TB_SETSTATE             (WM_USER + 17)
#define TB_GETSTATE             (WM_USER + 18)
#define TB_ADDBITMAP            (WM_USER + 19)

#ifdef _WIN32
typedef struct tagTBADDBITMAP {
        HINSTANCE       hInst;
        UINT_PTR        nID;
} TBADDBITMAP, *LPTBADDBITMAP;

#define HINST_COMMCTRL          ((HINSTANCE)-1)
#define IDB_STD_SMALL_COLOR     0
#define IDB_STD_LARGE_COLOR     1
#define IDB_VIEW_SMALL_COLOR    4
#define IDB_VIEW_LARGE_COLOR    5
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define IDB_HIST_SMALL_COLOR    8
#define IDB_HIST_LARGE_COLOR    9
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600)
#define IDB_HIST_NORMAL         12
#define IDB_HIST_HOT            13
#define IDB_HIST_DISABLED       14
#define IDB_HIST_PRESSED        15
#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600

// icon indexes for standard bitmap

#define STD_CUT                 0
#define STD_COPY                1
#define STD_PASTE               2
#define STD_UNDO                3
#define STD_REDOW               4
#define STD_DELETE              5
#define STD_FILENEW             6
#define STD_FILEOPEN            7
#define STD_FILESAVE            8
#define STD_PRINTPRE            9
#define STD_PROPERTIES          10
#define STD_HELP                11
#define STD_FIND                12
#define STD_REPLACE             13
#define STD_PRINT               14

// icon indexes for standard view bitmap

#define VIEW_LARGEICONS         0
#define VIEW_SMALLICONS         1
#define VIEW_LIST               2
#define VIEW_DETAILS            3
#define VIEW_SORTNAME           4
#define VIEW_SORTSIZE           5
#define VIEW_SORTDATE           6
#define VIEW_SORTTYPE           7
#define VIEW_PARENTFOLDER       8
#define VIEW_NETCONNECT         9
#define VIEW_NETDISCONNECT      10
#define VIEW_NEWFOLDER          11
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define VIEW_VIEWMENU           12
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define HIST_BACK               0
#define HIST_FORWARD            1
#define HIST_FAVORITES          2
#define HIST_ADDTOFAVORITES     3
#define HIST_VIEWTREE           4
#endif

#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TB_ADDBUTTONSA          (WM_USER + 20)
#define TB_INSERTBUTTONA        (WM_USER + 21)
#else
#define TB_ADDBUTTONS           (WM_USER + 20)
#define TB_INSERTBUTTON         (WM_USER + 21)
#endif

#define TB_DELETEBUTTON         (WM_USER + 22)
#define TB_GETBUTTON            (WM_USER + 23)
#define TB_BUTTONCOUNT          (WM_USER + 24)
#define TB_COMMANDTOINDEX       (WM_USER + 25)

#ifdef _WIN32

typedef struct tagTBSAVEPARAMSA {
    HKEY hkr;
    LPCSTR pszSubKey;
    LPCSTR pszValueName;
} TBSAVEPARAMSA, *LPTBSAVEPARAMSA;

typedef struct tagTBSAVEPARAMSW {
    HKEY hkr;
    LPCWSTR pszSubKey;
    LPCWSTR pszValueName;
} TBSAVEPARAMSW, *LPTBSAVEPARAMW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBSAVEPARAMS            TBSAVEPARAMSW
#define LPTBSAVEPARAMS          LPTBSAVEPARAMSW
#else
#define TBSAVEPARAMS            TBSAVEPARAMSA
#define LPTBSAVEPARAMS          LPTBSAVEPARAMSA
#endif

#endif  // _WIN32

#define TB_SAVERESTOREA         (WM_USER + 26)
#define TB_SAVERESTOREW         (WM_USER + 76)
#define TB_CUSTOMIZE            (WM_USER + 27)
#define TB_ADDSTRINGA           (WM_USER + 28)
#define TB_ADDSTRINGW           (WM_USER + 77)
#define TB_GETITEMRECT          (WM_USER + 29)
#define TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE     (WM_USER + 30)
#define TB_SETBUTTONSIZE        (WM_USER + 31)
#define TB_SETBITMAPSIZE        (WM_USER + 32)
#define TB_AUTOSIZE             (WM_USER + 33)
#define TB_GETTOOLTIPS          (WM_USER + 35)
#define TB_SETTOOLTIPS          (WM_USER + 36)
#define TB_SETPARENT            (WM_USER + 37)
#define TB_SETROWS              (WM_USER + 39)
#define TB_GETROWS              (WM_USER + 40)
#define TB_SETCMDID             (WM_USER + 42)
#define TB_CHANGEBITMAP         (WM_USER + 43)
#define TB_GETBITMAP            (WM_USER + 44)
#define TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA       (WM_USER + 45)
#define TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW       (WM_USER + 75)
#define TB_REPLACEBITMAP        (WM_USER + 46)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TB_SETINDENT            (WM_USER + 47)
#define TB_SETIMAGELIST         (WM_USER + 48)
#define TB_GETIMAGELIST         (WM_USER + 49)
#define TB_LOADIMAGES           (WM_USER + 50)
#define TB_GETRECT              (WM_USER + 51) // wParam is the Cmd instead of index
#define TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST      (WM_USER + 52)
#define TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST      (WM_USER + 53)
#define TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 54)
#define TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 55)
#define TB_SETSTYLE             (WM_USER + 56)
#define TB_GETSTYLE             (WM_USER + 57)
#define TB_GETBUTTONSIZE        (WM_USER + 58)
#define TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH       (WM_USER + 59)
#define TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS       (WM_USER + 60)
#define TB_GETTEXTROWS          (WM_USER + 61)
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_GETBUTTONTEXT        TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW
#define TB_SAVERESTORE          TB_SAVERESTOREW
#define TB_ADDSTRING            TB_ADDSTRINGW
#else
#define TB_GETBUTTONTEXT        TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA
#define TB_SAVERESTORE          TB_SAVERESTOREA
#define TB_ADDSTRING            TB_ADDSTRINGA
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TB_GETOBJECT            (WM_USER + 62)  // wParam == IID, lParam void **ppv
#define TB_GETHOTITEM           (WM_USER + 71)
#define TB_SETHOTITEM           (WM_USER + 72)  // wParam == iHotItem
#define TB_SETANCHORHIGHLIGHT   (WM_USER + 73)  // wParam == TRUE/FALSE
#define TB_GETANCHORHIGHLIGHT   (WM_USER + 74)
#define TB_MAPACCELERATORA      (WM_USER + 78)  // wParam == ch, lParam int * pidBtn

typedef struct {
    int   iButton;
    DWORD dwFlags;
} TBINSERTMARK, * LPTBINSERTMARK;
#define TBIMHT_AFTER      0x00000001 // TRUE = insert After iButton, otherwise before
#define TBIMHT_BACKGROUND 0x00000002 // TRUE iff missed buttons completely

#define TB_GETINSERTMARK        (WM_USER + 79)  // lParam == LPTBINSERTMARK
#define TB_SETINSERTMARK        (WM_USER + 80)  // lParam == LPTBINSERTMARK
#define TB_INSERTMARKHITTEST    (WM_USER + 81)  // wParam == LPPOINT lParam == LPTBINSERTMARK
#define TB_MOVEBUTTON           (WM_USER + 82)
#define TB_GETMAXSIZE           (WM_USER + 83)  // lParam == LPSIZE
#define TB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE     (WM_USER + 84)  // For TBSTYLE_EX_*
#define TB_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE     (WM_USER + 85)  // For TBSTYLE_EX_*
#define TB_GETPADDING           (WM_USER + 86)
#define TB_SETPADDING           (WM_USER + 87)
#define TB_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR   (WM_USER + 88)
#define TB_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR   (WM_USER + 89)

#define TB_SETCOLORSCHEME       CCM_SETCOLORSCHEME  // lParam is color scheme
#define TB_GETCOLORSCHEME       CCM_GETCOLORSCHEME      // fills in COLORSCHEME pointed to by lParam

#define TB_SETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TB_GETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT

#define TB_MAPACCELERATORW      (WM_USER + 90)  // wParam == ch, lParam int * pidBtn
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_MAPACCELERATOR       TB_MAPACCELERATORW
#else
#define TB_MAPACCELERATOR       TB_MAPACCELERATORA
#endif

#endif  // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

typedef struct {
    HINSTANCE       hInstOld;
    UINT_PTR        nIDOld;
    HINSTANCE       hInstNew;
    UINT_PTR        nIDNew;
    int             nButtons;
} TBREPLACEBITMAP, *LPTBREPLACEBITMAP;

#ifdef _WIN32

#define TBBF_LARGE              0x0001

#define TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS       (WM_USER + 41)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TBIF_IMAGE              0x00000001
#define TBIF_TEXT               0x00000002
#define TBIF_STATE              0x00000004
#define TBIF_STYLE              0x00000008
#define TBIF_LPARAM             0x00000010
#define TBIF_COMMAND            0x00000020
#define TBIF_SIZE               0x00000040

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TBIF_BYINDEX            0x80000000 // this specifies that the wparam in Get/SetButtonInfo is an index, not id
#endif

typedef struct {
    UINT cbSize;
    DWORD dwMask;
    int idCommand;
    int iImage;
    BYTE fsState;
    BYTE fsStyle;
    WORD cx;
    DWORD_PTR lParam;
    LPSTR pszText;
    int cchText;
} TBBUTTONINFOA, *LPTBBUTTONINFOA;

typedef struct {
    UINT cbSize;
    DWORD dwMask;
    int idCommand;
    int iImage;
    BYTE fsState;
    BYTE fsStyle;
    WORD cx;
    DWORD_PTR lParam;
    LPWSTR pszText;
    int cchText;
} TBBUTTONINFOW, *LPTBBUTTONINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBBUTTONINFO TBBUTTONINFOW
#define LPTBBUTTONINFO LPTBBUTTONINFOW
#else
#define TBBUTTONINFO TBBUTTONINFOA
#define LPTBBUTTONINFO LPTBBUTTONINFOA
#endif

// BUTTONINFO APIs do NOT support the string pool.
#define TB_GETBUTTONINFOW        (WM_USER + 63)
#define TB_SETBUTTONINFOW        (WM_USER + 64)
#define TB_GETBUTTONINFOA        (WM_USER + 65)
#define TB_SETBUTTONINFOA        (WM_USER + 66)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_GETBUTTONINFO        TB_GETBUTTONINFOW
#define TB_SETBUTTONINFO        TB_SETBUTTONINFOW
#else
#define TB_GETBUTTONINFO        TB_GETBUTTONINFOA
#define TB_SETBUTTONINFO        TB_SETBUTTONINFOA
#endif


#define TB_INSERTBUTTONW        (WM_USER + 67)
#define TB_ADDBUTTONSW          (WM_USER + 68)

#define TB_HITTEST              (WM_USER + 69)

// New post Win95/NT4 for InsertButton and AddButton.  if iString member
// is a pointer to a string, it will be handled as a string like listview
// (although LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACK is not supported).
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_INSERTBUTTON         TB_INSERTBUTTONW
#define TB_ADDBUTTONS           TB_ADDBUTTONSW
#else
#define TB_INSERTBUTTON         TB_INSERTBUTTONA
#define TB_ADDBUTTONS           TB_ADDBUTTONSA
#endif

#define TB_SETDRAWTEXTFLAGS     (WM_USER + 70)  // wParam == mask lParam == bit values

#endif  // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

#define TB_GETSTRINGW           (WM_USER + 91)
#define TB_GETSTRINGA           (WM_USER + 92)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_GETSTRING            TB_GETSTRINGW
#else
#define TB_GETSTRING            TB_GETSTRINGA
#endif


#endif  // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0500

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TBMF_PAD                0x00000001
#define TBMF_BARPAD             0x00000002
#define TBMF_BUTTONSPACING      0x00000004

typedef struct {
    UINT cbSize;
    DWORD dwMask;

    int cxPad;        // PAD
    int cyPad;
    int cxBarPad;     // BARPAD
    int cyBarPad;
    int cxButtonSpacing;   // BUTTONSPACING
    int cyButtonSpacing;
} TBMETRICS, * LPTBMETRICS;

#define TB_GETMETRICS           (WM_USER + 101)
#define TB_SETMETRICS           (WM_USER + 102)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600)
#define TB_SETPRESSEDIMAGELIST  (WM_USER + 104)
#define TB_GETPRESSEDIMAGELIST  (WM_USER + 105)
#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TB_SETWINDOWTHEME       CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME
#endif

#define TBN_GETBUTTONINFOA      (TBN_FIRST-0)
#define TBN_BEGINDRAG           (TBN_FIRST-1)
#define TBN_ENDDRAG             (TBN_FIRST-2)
#define TBN_BEGINADJUST         (TBN_FIRST-3)
#define TBN_ENDADJUST           (TBN_FIRST-4)
#define TBN_RESET               (TBN_FIRST-5)
#define TBN_QUERYINSERT         (TBN_FIRST-6)
#define TBN_QUERYDELETE         (TBN_FIRST-7)
#define TBN_TOOLBARCHANGE       (TBN_FIRST-8)
#define TBN_CUSTHELP            (TBN_FIRST-9)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBN_DROPDOWN            (TBN_FIRST - 10)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TBN_GETOBJECT           (TBN_FIRST - 12)

// Structure for TBN_HOTITEMCHANGE notification
//
typedef struct tagNMTBHOTITEM
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     idOld;
    int     idNew;
    DWORD   dwFlags;           // HICF_*
} NMTBHOTITEM, * LPNMTBHOTITEM;

// Hot item change flags
#define HICF_OTHER          0x00000000
#define HICF_MOUSE          0x00000001          // Triggered by mouse
#define HICF_ARROWKEYS      0x00000002          // Triggered by arrow keys
#define HICF_ACCELERATOR    0x00000004          // Triggered by accelerator
#define HICF_DUPACCEL       0x00000008          // This accelerator is not unique
#define HICF_ENTERING       0x00000010          // idOld is invalid
#define HICF_LEAVING        0x00000020          // idNew is invalid
#define HICF_RESELECT       0x00000040          // hot item reselected
#define HICF_LMOUSE         0x00000080          // left mouse button selected
#define HICF_TOGGLEDROPDOWN 0x00000100          // Toggle button's dropdown state


#define TBN_HOTITEMCHANGE       (TBN_FIRST - 13)
#define TBN_DRAGOUT             (TBN_FIRST - 14) // this is sent when the user clicks down on a button then drags off the button
#define TBN_DELETINGBUTTON      (TBN_FIRST - 15) // uses TBNOTIFY
#define TBN_GETDISPINFOA        (TBN_FIRST - 16) // This is sent when the  toolbar needs  some display information
#define TBN_GETDISPINFOW        (TBN_FIRST - 17) // This is sent when the  toolbar needs  some display information
#define TBN_GETINFOTIPA         (TBN_FIRST - 18)
#define TBN_GETINFOTIPW         (TBN_FIRST - 19)
#define TBN_GETBUTTONINFOW      (TBN_FIRST - 20)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TBN_RESTORE             (TBN_FIRST - 21)
#define TBN_SAVE                (TBN_FIRST - 22)
#define TBN_INITCUSTOMIZE       (TBN_FIRST - 23)
#define    TBNRF_HIDEHELP       0x00000001
#define    TBNRF_ENDCUSTOMIZE   0x00000002
#endif // (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)



#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

typedef struct tagNMTBSAVE
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    DWORD* pData;
    DWORD* pCurrent;
    UINT cbData;
    int iItem;
    int cButtons;
    TBBUTTON tbButton;
} NMTBSAVE, *LPNMTBSAVE;

typedef struct tagNMTBRESTORE
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    DWORD* pData;
    DWORD* pCurrent;
    UINT cbData;
    int iItem;
    int cButtons;
    int cbBytesPerRecord;
    TBBUTTON tbButton;
} NMTBRESTORE, *LPNMTBRESTORE;
#endif // (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

typedef struct tagNMTBGETINFOTIPA
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    LPSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iItem;
    LPARAM lParam;
} NMTBGETINFOTIPA, *LPNMTBGETINFOTIPA;

typedef struct tagNMTBGETINFOTIPW
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    LPWSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iItem;
    LPARAM lParam;
} NMTBGETINFOTIPW, *LPNMTBGETINFOTIPW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBN_GETINFOTIP          TBN_GETINFOTIPW
#define NMTBGETINFOTIP          NMTBGETINFOTIPW
#define LPNMTBGETINFOTIP        LPNMTBGETINFOTIPW
#else
#define TBN_GETINFOTIP          TBN_GETINFOTIPA
#define NMTBGETINFOTIP          NMTBGETINFOTIPA
#define LPNMTBGETINFOTIP        LPNMTBGETINFOTIPA
#endif

#define TBNF_IMAGE              0x00000001
#define TBNF_TEXT               0x00000002
#define TBNF_DI_SETITEM         0x10000000

typedef struct {
    NMHDR  hdr;
    DWORD dwMask;     // [in] Specifies the values requested .[out] Client ask the data to be set for future use
    int idCommand;    // [in] id of button we're requesting info for
    DWORD_PTR lParam;  // [in] lParam of button
    int iImage;       // [out] image index
    LPSTR pszText;    // [out] new text for item
    int cchText;      // [in] size of buffer pointed to by pszText
} NMTBDISPINFOA, *LPNMTBDISPINFOA;

typedef struct {
    NMHDR hdr;
    DWORD dwMask;      //[in] Specifies the values requested .[out] Client ask the data to be set for future use
    int idCommand;    // [in] id of button we're requesting info for
    DWORD_PTR lParam;  // [in] lParam of button
    int iImage;       // [out] image index
    LPWSTR pszText;   // [out] new text for item
    int cchText;      // [in] size of buffer pointed to by pszText
} NMTBDISPINFOW, *LPNMTBDISPINFOW;


#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBN_GETDISPINFO       TBN_GETDISPINFOW
#define NMTBDISPINFO          NMTBDISPINFOW
#define LPNMTBDISPINFO        LPNMTBDISPINFOW
#else
#define TBN_GETDISPINFO       TBN_GETDISPINFOA
#define NMTBDISPINFO          NMTBDISPINFOA
#define LPNMTBDISPINFO        LPNMTBDISPINFOA
#endif

// Return codes for TBN_DROPDOWN
#define TBDDRET_DEFAULT         0
#define TBDDRET_NODEFAULT       1
#define TBDDRET_TREATPRESSED    2       // Treat as a standard press button

#endif


#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBN_GETBUTTONINFO       TBN_GETBUTTONINFOW
#else
#define TBN_GETBUTTONINFO       TBN_GETBUTTONINFOA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBNOTIFYA NMTOOLBARA
#define TBNOTIFYW NMTOOLBARW
#define LPTBNOTIFYA LPNMTOOLBARA
#define LPTBNOTIFYW LPNMTOOLBARW
#else
#define tagNMTOOLBARA  tagTBNOTIFYA
#define NMTOOLBARA     TBNOTIFYA
#define LPNMTOOLBARA   LPTBNOTIFYA
#define tagNMTOOLBARW  tagTBNOTIFYW
#define NMTOOLBARW     TBNOTIFYW
#define LPNMTOOLBARW   LPTBNOTIFYW
#endif

#define TBNOTIFY       NMTOOLBAR
#define LPTBNOTIFY     LPNMTOOLBAR

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
typedef struct tagNMTOOLBARA {
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     iItem;
    TBBUTTON tbButton;
    int     cchText;
    LPSTR   pszText;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x500)
    RECT    rcButton;
#endif
} NMTOOLBARA, *LPNMTOOLBARA;
#endif


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
typedef struct tagNMTOOLBARW {
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     iItem;
    TBBUTTON tbButton;
    int     cchText;
    LPWSTR   pszText;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x500)
    RECT    rcButton;
#endif
} NMTOOLBARW, *LPNMTOOLBARW;
#endif


#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTOOLBAR               NMTOOLBARW
#define LPNMTOOLBAR             LPNMTOOLBARW
#else
#define NMTOOLBAR               NMTOOLBARA
#define LPNMTOOLBAR             LPNMTOOLBARA
#endif

#endif

#endif      // NOTOOLBAR


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
//====== REBAR CONTROL ========================================================

#ifndef NOREBAR

#ifdef _WIN32
#define REBARCLASSNAMEW         L"ReBarWindow32"
#define REBARCLASSNAMEA         "ReBarWindow32"

#ifdef  UNICODE
#define REBARCLASSNAME          REBARCLASSNAMEW
#else
#define REBARCLASSNAME          REBARCLASSNAMEA
#endif

#else
#define REBARCLASSNAME          "ReBarWindow"
#endif

#define RBIM_IMAGELIST   0x00000001

// begin_r_commctrl

#define RBS_TOOLTIPS                  0x00000100
#define RBS_VARHEIGHT                 0x00000200
#define RBS_BANDBORDERS               0x00000400
#define RBS_FIXEDORDER                0x00000800
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define RBS_REGISTERDROP              0x00001000
#define RBS_AUTOSIZE                  0x00002000
#define RBS_VERTICALGRIPPER           0x00004000  // this always has the vertical gripper (default for horizontal mode)
#define RBS_DBLCLKTOGGLE              0x00008000
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

// end_r_commctrl

typedef struct tagREBARINFO
{
    UINT        cbSize;
    UINT        fMask;
#ifndef NOIMAGEAPIS
    HIMAGELIST  himl;
#else
    HANDLE      himl;
#endif
}   REBARINFO, *LPREBARINFO;


#define RBBS_BREAK          0x00000001  // break to new line
#define RBBS_FIXEDSIZE      0x00000002  // band can't be sized
#define RBBS_CHILDEDGE      0x00000004  // edge around top & bottom of child window
#define RBBS_HIDDEN         0x00000008  // don't show
#define RBBS_NOVERT         0x00000010  // don't show when vertical
#define RBBS_FIXEDBMP       0x00000020  // bitmap doesn't move during band resize
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)               //
#define RBBS_VARIABLEHEIGHT 0x00000040  // allow autosizing of this child vertically
#define RBBS_GRIPPERALWAYS  0x00000080  // always show the gripper
#define RBBS_NOGRIPPER      0x00000100  // never show the gripper
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)               //
#define RBBS_USECHEVRON     0x00000200  // display drop-down button for this band if it's sized smaller than ideal width
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)               //
#define RBBS_HIDETITLE      0x00000400  // keep band title hidden
#define RBBS_TOPALIGN       0x00000800  // keep band in top row
#endif // 0x0501                        //
#endif // 0x0500                        //
#endif // 0x0400                        //
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#endif



#define RBBIM_STYLE         0x00000001
#define RBBIM_COLORS        0x00000002
#define RBBIM_TEXT          0x00000004
#define RBBIM_IMAGE         0x00000008
#define RBBIM_CHILD         0x00000010
#define RBBIM_CHILDSIZE     0x00000020
#define RBBIM_SIZE          0x00000040
#define RBBIM_BACKGROUND    0x00000080
#define RBBIM_ID            0x00000100
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define RBBIM_IDEALSIZE     0x00000200
#define RBBIM_LPARAM        0x00000400
#define RBBIM_HEADERSIZE    0x00000800  // control the size of the header
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define RBBIM_CHEVRONLOCATION 0x00001000
#define RBBIM_CHEVRONSTATE    0x00002000
#endif

typedef struct tagREBARBANDINFOA
{
    UINT        cbSize;
    UINT        fMask;
    UINT        fStyle;
    COLORREF    clrFore;
    COLORREF    clrBack;
    LPSTR       lpText;
    UINT        cch;
    int         iImage;
    HWND        hwndChild;
    UINT        cxMinChild;
    UINT        cyMinChild;
    UINT        cx;
    HBITMAP     hbmBack;
    UINT        wID;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
    UINT        cyChild;
    UINT        cyMaxChild;
    UINT        cyIntegral;
    UINT        cxIdeal;
    LPARAM      lParam;
    UINT        cxHeader;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
    RECT        rcChevronLocation;  // the rect is in client co-ord wrt hwndChild
    UINT        uChevronState;      // STATE_SYSTEM_*
#endif
}   REBARBANDINFOA, *LPREBARBANDINFOA;
typedef REBARBANDINFOA CONST *LPCREBARBANDINFOA;

#define REBARBANDINFOA_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(REBARBANDINFOA, wID)
#define REBARBANDINFOW_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(REBARBANDINFOW, wID)

#define REBARBANDINFOA_V6_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(REBARBANDINFOA, cxHeader)
#define REBARBANDINFOW_V6_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(REBARBANDINFOW, cxHeader)

typedef struct tagREBARBANDINFOW
{
    UINT        cbSize;
    UINT        fMask;
    UINT        fStyle;
    COLORREF    clrFore;
    COLORREF    clrBack;
    LPWSTR      lpText;
    UINT        cch;
    int         iImage;
    HWND        hwndChild;
    UINT        cxMinChild;
    UINT        cyMinChild;
    UINT        cx;
    HBITMAP     hbmBack;
    UINT        wID;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
    UINT        cyChild;
    UINT        cyMaxChild;
    UINT        cyIntegral;
    UINT        cxIdeal;
    LPARAM      lParam;
    UINT        cxHeader;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
    RECT        rcChevronLocation;    // the rect is in client co-ord wrt hwndChild
    UINT        uChevronState; // STATE_SYSTEM_*
#endif
}   REBARBANDINFOW, *LPREBARBANDINFOW;
typedef REBARBANDINFOW CONST *LPCREBARBANDINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define REBARBANDINFO       REBARBANDINFOW
#define LPREBARBANDINFO     LPREBARBANDINFOW
#define LPCREBARBANDINFO    LPCREBARBANDINFOW
#define REBARBANDINFO_V3_SIZE REBARBANDINFOW_V3_SIZE
#define REBARBANDINFO_V6_SIZE REBARBANDINFOW_V6_SIZE
#else
#define REBARBANDINFO       REBARBANDINFOA
#define LPREBARBANDINFO     LPREBARBANDINFOA
#define LPCREBARBANDINFO    LPCREBARBANDINFOA
#define REBARBANDINFO_V3_SIZE REBARBANDINFOA_V3_SIZE
#define REBARBANDINFO_V6_SIZE REBARBANDINFOA_V6_SIZE
#endif

#define RB_INSERTBANDA  (WM_USER +  1)
#define RB_DELETEBAND   (WM_USER +  2)
#define RB_GETBARINFO   (WM_USER +  3)
#define RB_SETBARINFO   (WM_USER +  4)
#if (_WIN32_IE < 0x0400)
#define RB_GETBANDINFO  (WM_USER +  5)
#endif
#define RB_SETBANDINFOA (WM_USER +  6)
#define RB_SETPARENT    (WM_USER +  7)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define RB_HITTEST      (WM_USER +  8)
#define RB_GETRECT      (WM_USER +  9)
#endif
#define RB_INSERTBANDW  (WM_USER +  10)
#define RB_SETBANDINFOW (WM_USER +  11)
#define RB_GETBANDCOUNT (WM_USER +  12)
#define RB_GETROWCOUNT  (WM_USER +  13)
#define RB_GETROWHEIGHT (WM_USER +  14)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define RB_IDTOINDEX    (WM_USER +  16) // wParam == id
#define RB_GETTOOLTIPS  (WM_USER +  17)
#define RB_SETTOOLTIPS  (WM_USER +  18)
#define RB_SETBKCOLOR   (WM_USER +  19) // sets the default BK color
#define RB_GETBKCOLOR   (WM_USER +  20) // defaults to CLR_NONE
#define RB_SETTEXTCOLOR (WM_USER +  21)
#define RB_GETTEXTCOLOR (WM_USER +  22) // defaults to 0x00000000

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define RBSTR_CHANGERECT            0x0001   // flags for RB_SIZETORECT
#endif

#define RB_SIZETORECT   (WM_USER +  23) // resize the rebar/break bands and such to this rect (lparam)
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#define RB_SETCOLORSCHEME   CCM_SETCOLORSCHEME  // lParam is color scheme
#define RB_GETCOLORSCHEME   CCM_GETCOLORSCHEME  // fills in COLORSCHEME pointed to by lParam

#ifdef UNICODE
#define RB_INSERTBAND   RB_INSERTBANDW
#define RB_SETBANDINFO   RB_SETBANDINFOW
#else
#define RB_INSERTBAND   RB_INSERTBANDA
#define RB_SETBANDINFO   RB_SETBANDINFOA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
// for manual drag control
// lparam == cursor pos
        // -1 means do it yourself.
        // -2 means use what you had saved before
#define RB_BEGINDRAG    (WM_USER + 24)
#define RB_ENDDRAG      (WM_USER + 25)
#define RB_DRAGMOVE     (WM_USER + 26)
#define RB_GETBARHEIGHT (WM_USER + 27)
#define RB_GETBANDINFOW (WM_USER + 28)
#define RB_GETBANDINFOA (WM_USER + 29)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define RB_GETBANDINFO   RB_GETBANDINFOW
#else
#define RB_GETBANDINFO   RB_GETBANDINFOA
#endif

#define RB_MINIMIZEBAND (WM_USER + 30)
#define RB_MAXIMIZEBAND (WM_USER + 31)

#define RB_GETDROPTARGET (CCM_GETDROPTARGET)

#define RB_GETBANDBORDERS (WM_USER + 34)  // returns in lparam = lprc the amount of edges added to band wparam

#define RB_SHOWBAND     (WM_USER + 35)      // show/hide band
#define RB_SETPALETTE   (WM_USER + 37)
#define RB_GETPALETTE   (WM_USER + 38)
#define RB_MOVEBAND     (WM_USER + 39)

#define RB_SETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define RB_GETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define RB_GETBANDMARGINS   (WM_USER + 40)
#define RB_SETWINDOWTHEME       CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define RB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE (WM_USER + 41)
#define RB_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE (WM_USER + 42)
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0600

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define RB_PUSHCHEVRON      (WM_USER + 43)
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0500

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define RB_SETBANDWIDTH     (WM_USER + 44)   // set width for docked band
#endif      // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600

#define RBN_HEIGHTCHANGE    (RBN_FIRST - 0)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define RBN_GETOBJECT       (RBN_FIRST - 1)
#define RBN_LAYOUTCHANGED   (RBN_FIRST - 2)
#define RBN_AUTOSIZE        (RBN_FIRST - 3)
#define RBN_BEGINDRAG       (RBN_FIRST - 4)
#define RBN_ENDDRAG         (RBN_FIRST - 5)
#define RBN_DELETINGBAND    (RBN_FIRST - 6)     // Uses NMREBAR
#define RBN_DELETEDBAND     (RBN_FIRST - 7)     // Uses NMREBAR
#define RBN_CHILDSIZE       (RBN_FIRST - 8)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define RBN_CHEVRONPUSHED   (RBN_FIRST - 10)
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0500

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define RBN_SPLITTERDRAG    (RBN_FIRST - 11)
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0600


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define RBN_MINMAX          (RBN_FIRST - 21)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define RBN_AUTOBREAK       (RBN_FIRST - 22)
#endif

typedef struct tagNMREBARCHILDSIZE
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    UINT uBand;
    UINT wID;
    RECT rcChild;
    RECT rcBand;
} NMREBARCHILDSIZE, *LPNMREBARCHILDSIZE;

typedef struct tagNMREBAR
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    DWORD   dwMask;           // RBNM_*
    UINT    uBand;
    UINT    fStyle;
    UINT    wID;
    LPARAM  lParam;
} NMREBAR, *LPNMREBAR;

// Mask flags for NMREBAR
#define RBNM_ID         0x00000001
#define RBNM_STYLE      0x00000002
#define RBNM_LPARAM     0x00000004


typedef struct tagNMRBAUTOSIZE
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    BOOL fChanged;
    RECT rcTarget;
    RECT rcActual;
} NMRBAUTOSIZE, *LPNMRBAUTOSIZE;

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
typedef struct tagNMREBARCHEVRON
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    UINT uBand;
    UINT wID;
    LPARAM lParam;
    RECT rc;
    LPARAM lParamNM;
} NMREBARCHEVRON, *LPNMREBARCHEVRON;
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
typedef struct tagNMREBARSPLITTER
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    RECT  rcSizing;
} NMREBARSPLITTER, *LPNMREBARSPLITTER;
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define RBAB_AUTOSIZE   0x0001   // These are not flags and are all mutually exclusive
#define RBAB_ADDBAND    0x0002

typedef struct tagNMREBARAUTOBREAK
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    UINT uBand;
    UINT wID;
    LPARAM lParam;
    UINT uMsg;
    UINT fStyleCurrent;
    BOOL fAutoBreak;
} NMREBARAUTOBREAK, *LPNMREBARAUTOBREAK;
#endif

#define RBHT_NOWHERE    0x0001
#define RBHT_CAPTION    0x0002
#define RBHT_CLIENT     0x0003
#define RBHT_GRABBER    0x0004
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define RBHT_CHEVRON    0x0008
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define RBHT_SPLITTER   0x0010
#endif

typedef struct _RB_HITTESTINFO
{
    POINT pt;
    UINT flags;
    int iBand;
} RBHITTESTINFO, *LPRBHITTESTINFO;

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#endif      // NOREBAR

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

//====== TOOLTIPS CONTROL =====================================================

#ifndef NOTOOLTIPS

#ifdef _WIN32

#define TOOLTIPS_CLASSW         L"tooltips_class32"
#define TOOLTIPS_CLASSA         "tooltips_class32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TOOLTIPS_CLASS          TOOLTIPS_CLASSW
#else
#define TOOLTIPS_CLASS          TOOLTIPS_CLASSA
#endif

#else
#define TOOLTIPS_CLASS          "tooltips_class"
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPTOOLINFOA   LPTTTOOLINFOA
#define LPTOOLINFOW   LPTTTOOLINFOW
#define TOOLINFOA       TTTOOLINFOA
#define TOOLINFOW       TTTOOLINFOW
#else
#define   TTTOOLINFOA   TOOLINFOA
#define LPTTTOOLINFOA LPTOOLINFOA
#define   TTTOOLINFOW   TOOLINFOW
#define LPTTTOOLINFOW LPTOOLINFOW
#endif

#define LPTOOLINFO    LPTTTOOLINFO
#define TOOLINFO        TTTOOLINFO

#define TTTOOLINFOA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOA, lpszText)
#define TTTOOLINFOW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOW, lpszText)
#define TTTOOLINFOA_V2_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOA, lParam)
#define TTTOOLINFOW_V2_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOW, lParam)
#define TTTOOLINFOA_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOA, lpReserved)
#define TTTOOLINFOW_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOW, lpReserved)

typedef struct tagTOOLINFOA {
    UINT cbSize;
    UINT uFlags;
    HWND hwnd;
    UINT_PTR uId;
    RECT rect;
    HINSTANCE hinst;
    LPSTR lpszText;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    LPARAM lParam;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
    void *lpReserved;
#endif
} TTTOOLINFOA, NEAR *PTOOLINFOA, *LPTTTOOLINFOA;

typedef struct tagTOOLINFOW {
    UINT cbSize;
    UINT uFlags;
    HWND hwnd;
    UINT_PTR uId;
    RECT rect;
    HINSTANCE hinst;
    LPWSTR lpszText;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    LPARAM lParam;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
    void *lpReserved;
#endif
} TTTOOLINFOW, NEAR *PTOOLINFOW, *LPTTTOOLINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TTTOOLINFO              TTTOOLINFOW
#define PTOOLINFO               PTOOLINFOW
#define LPTTTOOLINFO            LPTTTOOLINFOW
#define TTTOOLINFO_V1_SIZE TTTOOLINFOW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define PTOOLINFO               PTOOLINFOA
#define TTTOOLINFO              TTTOOLINFOA
#define LPTTTOOLINFO            LPTTTOOLINFOA
#define TTTOOLINFO_V1_SIZE TTTOOLINFOA_V1_SIZE
#endif

// begin_r_commctrl

#define TTS_ALWAYSTIP           0x01
#define TTS_NOPREFIX            0x02
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TTS_NOANIMATE           0x10
#define TTS_NOFADE              0x20
#define TTS_BALLOON             0x40
#define TTS_CLOSE               0x80
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define TTS_USEVISUALSTYLE      0x100  // Use themed hyperlinks

#endif

// end_r_commctrl

#define TTF_IDISHWND            0x0001

// Use this to center around trackpoint in trackmode
// -OR- to center around tool in normal mode.
// Use TTF_ABSOLUTE to place the tip exactly at the track coords when
// in tracking mode.  TTF_ABSOLUTE can be used in conjunction with TTF_CENTERTIP
// to center the tip absolutely about the track point.

#define TTF_CENTERTIP           0x0002
#define TTF_RTLREADING          0x0004
#define TTF_SUBCLASS            0x0010
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TTF_TRACK               0x0020
#define TTF_ABSOLUTE            0x0080
#define TTF_TRANSPARENT         0x0100
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)
#define TTF_PARSELINKS          0x1000
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0501
#define TTF_DI_SETITEM          0x8000       // valid only on the TTN_NEEDTEXT callback
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300


#define TTDT_AUTOMATIC          0
#define TTDT_RESHOW             1
#define TTDT_AUTOPOP            2
#define TTDT_INITIAL            3

// ToolTip Icons (Set with TTM_SETTITLE)
#define TTI_NONE                0
#define TTI_INFO                1
#define TTI_WARNING             2
#define TTI_ERROR               3
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define TTI_INFO_LARGE          4
#define TTI_WARNING_LARGE       5
#define TTI_ERROR_LARGE         6
#endif  // (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)

// Tool Tip Messages
#define TTM_ACTIVATE            (WM_USER + 1)
#define TTM_SETDELAYTIME        (WM_USER + 3)
#define TTM_ADDTOOLA            (WM_USER + 4)
#define TTM_ADDTOOLW            (WM_USER + 50)
#define TTM_DELTOOLA            (WM_USER + 5)
#define TTM_DELTOOLW            (WM_USER + 51)
#define TTM_NEWTOOLRECTA        (WM_USER + 6)
#define TTM_NEWTOOLRECTW        (WM_USER + 52)
#define TTM_RELAYEVENT          (WM_USER + 7)

#define TTM_GETTOOLINFOA        (WM_USER + 8)
#define TTM_GETTOOLINFOW        (WM_USER + 53)

#define TTM_SETTOOLINFOA        (WM_USER + 9)
#define TTM_SETTOOLINFOW        (WM_USER + 54)

#define TTM_HITTESTA            (WM_USER +10)
#define TTM_HITTESTW            (WM_USER +55)
#define TTM_GETTEXTA            (WM_USER +11)
#define TTM_GETTEXTW            (WM_USER +56)
#define TTM_UPDATETIPTEXTA      (WM_USER +12)
#define TTM_UPDATETIPTEXTW      (WM_USER +57)
#define TTM_GETTOOLCOUNT        (WM_USER +13)
#define TTM_ENUMTOOLSA          (WM_USER +14)
#define TTM_ENUMTOOLSW          (WM_USER +58)
#define TTM_GETCURRENTTOOLA     (WM_USER + 15)
#define TTM_GETCURRENTTOOLW     (WM_USER + 59)
#define TTM_WINDOWFROMPOINT     (WM_USER + 16)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TTM_TRACKACTIVATE       (WM_USER + 17)  // wParam = TRUE/FALSE start end  lparam = LPTOOLINFO
#define TTM_TRACKPOSITION       (WM_USER + 18)  // lParam = dwPos
#define TTM_SETTIPBKCOLOR       (WM_USER + 19)
#define TTM_SETTIPTEXTCOLOR     (WM_USER + 20)
#define TTM_GETDELAYTIME        (WM_USER + 21)
#define TTM_GETTIPBKCOLOR       (WM_USER + 22)
#define TTM_GETTIPTEXTCOLOR     (WM_USER + 23)
#define TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH      (WM_USER + 24)
#define TTM_GETMAXTIPWIDTH      (WM_USER + 25)
#define TTM_SETMARGIN           (WM_USER + 26)  // lParam = lprc
#define TTM_GETMARGIN           (WM_USER + 27)  // lParam = lprc
#define TTM_POP                 (WM_USER + 28)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TTM_UPDATE              (WM_USER + 29)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TTM_GETBUBBLESIZE       (WM_USER + 30)
#define TTM_ADJUSTRECT          (WM_USER + 31)
#define TTM_SETTITLEA           (WM_USER + 32)  // wParam = TTI_*, lParam = char* szTitle
#define TTM_SETTITLEW           (WM_USER + 33)  // wParam = TTI_*, lParam = wchar* szTitle
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TTM_POPUP               (WM_USER + 34)
#define TTM_GETTITLE            (WM_USER + 35) // wParam = 0, lParam = TTGETTITLE*

typedef struct _TTGETTITLE
{
    DWORD dwSize;
    UINT uTitleBitmap;
    UINT cch;
    WCHAR* pszTitle;
} TTGETTITLE, *PTTGETTITLE;
#endif

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TTM_ADDTOOL             TTM_ADDTOOLW
#define TTM_DELTOOL             TTM_DELTOOLW
#define TTM_NEWTOOLRECT         TTM_NEWTOOLRECTW
#define TTM_GETTOOLINFO         TTM_GETTOOLINFOW
#define TTM_SETTOOLINFO         TTM_SETTOOLINFOW
#define TTM_HITTEST             TTM_HITTESTW
#define TTM_GETTEXT             TTM_GETTEXTW
#define TTM_UPDATETIPTEXT       TTM_UPDATETIPTEXTW
#define TTM_ENUMTOOLS           TTM_ENUMTOOLSW
#define TTM_GETCURRENTTOOL      TTM_GETCURRENTTOOLW
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TTM_SETTITLE            TTM_SETTITLEW
#endif
#else
#define TTM_ADDTOOL             TTM_ADDTOOLA
#define TTM_DELTOOL             TTM_DELTOOLA
#define TTM_NEWTOOLRECT         TTM_NEWTOOLRECTA
#define TTM_GETTOOLINFO         TTM_GETTOOLINFOA
#define TTM_SETTOOLINFO         TTM_SETTOOLINFOA
#define TTM_HITTEST             TTM_HITTESTA
#define TTM_GETTEXT             TTM_GETTEXTA
#define TTM_UPDATETIPTEXT       TTM_UPDATETIPTEXTA
#define TTM_ENUMTOOLS           TTM_ENUMTOOLSA
#define TTM_GETCURRENTTOOL      TTM_GETCURRENTTOOLA
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TTM_SETTITLE            TTM_SETTITLEA
#endif
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TTM_SETWINDOWTHEME      CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME
#endif


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPHITTESTINFOW    LPTTHITTESTINFOW
#define LPHITTESTINFOA    LPTTHITTESTINFOA
#else
#define LPTTHITTESTINFOA  LPHITTESTINFOA
#define LPTTHITTESTINFOW  LPHITTESTINFOW
#endif

#define LPHITTESTINFO     LPTTHITTESTINFO

typedef struct _TT_HITTESTINFOA {
    HWND hwnd;
    POINT pt;
    TTTOOLINFOA ti;
} TTHITTESTINFOA, *LPTTHITTESTINFOA;

typedef struct _TT_HITTESTINFOW {
    HWND hwnd;
    POINT pt;
    TTTOOLINFOW ti;
} TTHITTESTINFOW, *LPTTHITTESTINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TTHITTESTINFO           TTHITTESTINFOW
#define LPTTHITTESTINFO         LPTTHITTESTINFOW
#else
#define TTHITTESTINFO           TTHITTESTINFOA
#define LPTTHITTESTINFO         LPTTHITTESTINFOA
#endif

#define TTN_GETDISPINFOA        (TTN_FIRST - 0)
#define TTN_GETDISPINFOW        (TTN_FIRST - 10)
#define TTN_SHOW                (TTN_FIRST - 1)
#define TTN_POP                 (TTN_FIRST - 2)
#define TTN_LINKCLICK           (TTN_FIRST - 3)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TTN_GETDISPINFO         TTN_GETDISPINFOW
#else
#define TTN_GETDISPINFO         TTN_GETDISPINFOA
#endif

#define TTN_NEEDTEXT            TTN_GETDISPINFO
#define TTN_NEEDTEXTA           TTN_GETDISPINFOA
#define TTN_NEEDTEXTW           TTN_GETDISPINFOW

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TOOLTIPTEXTW NMTTDISPINFOW
#define TOOLTIPTEXTA NMTTDISPINFOA
#define LPTOOLTIPTEXTA LPNMTTDISPINFOA
#define LPTOOLTIPTEXTW LPNMTTDISPINFOW
#else
#define tagNMTTDISPINFOA  tagTOOLTIPTEXTA
#define NMTTDISPINFOA     TOOLTIPTEXTA
#define LPNMTTDISPINFOA   LPTOOLTIPTEXTA
#define tagNMTTDISPINFOW  tagTOOLTIPTEXTW
#define NMTTDISPINFOW     TOOLTIPTEXTW
#define LPNMTTDISPINFOW   LPTOOLTIPTEXTW
#endif

#define TOOLTIPTEXT    NMTTDISPINFO
#define LPTOOLTIPTEXT  LPNMTTDISPINFO

#define NMTTDISPINFOA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(NMTTDISPINFOA, uFlags)
#define NMTTDISPINFOW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(NMTTDISPINFOW, uFlags)

typedef struct tagNMTTDISPINFOA {
    NMHDR hdr;
    LPSTR lpszText;
    char szText[80];
    HINSTANCE hinst;
    UINT uFlags;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    LPARAM lParam;
#endif
} NMTTDISPINFOA, *LPNMTTDISPINFOA;

typedef struct tagNMTTDISPINFOW {
    NMHDR hdr;
    LPWSTR lpszText;
    WCHAR szText[80];
    HINSTANCE hinst;
    UINT uFlags;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    LPARAM lParam;
#endif
} NMTTDISPINFOW, *LPNMTTDISPINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTTDISPINFO            NMTTDISPINFOW
#define LPNMTTDISPINFO          LPNMTTDISPINFOW
#define NMTTDISPINFO_V1_SIZE NMTTDISPINFOW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define NMTTDISPINFO            NMTTDISPINFOA
#define LPNMTTDISPINFO          LPNMTTDISPINFOA
#define NMTTDISPINFO_V1_SIZE NMTTDISPINFOA_V1_SIZE
#endif

#endif      // NOTOOLTIPS


//====== STATUS BAR CONTROL ===================================================

#ifndef NOSTATUSBAR

// begin_r_commctrl

#define SBARS_SIZEGRIP          0x0100
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define SBARS_TOOLTIPS          0x0800
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
// this is a status bar flag, preference to SBARS_TOOLTIPS
#define SBT_TOOLTIPS            0x0800
#endif

// end_r_commctrl

WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI DrawStatusTextA(HDC hDC, LPCRECT lprc, LPCSTR pszText, UINT uFlags);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI DrawStatusTextW(HDC hDC, LPCRECT lprc, LPCWSTR pszText, UINT uFlags);

WINCOMMCTRLAPI HWND WINAPI CreateStatusWindowA(LONG style, LPCSTR lpszText, HWND hwndParent, UINT wID);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HWND WINAPI CreateStatusWindowW(LONG style, LPCWSTR lpszText, HWND hwndParent, UINT wID);

#ifdef UNICODE
#define CreateStatusWindow      CreateStatusWindowW
#define DrawStatusText          DrawStatusTextW
#else
#define CreateStatusWindow      CreateStatusWindowA
#define DrawStatusText          DrawStatusTextA
#endif

#ifdef _WIN32
#define STATUSCLASSNAMEW        L"msctls_statusbar32"
#define STATUSCLASSNAMEA        "msctls_statusbar32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define STATUSCLASSNAME         STATUSCLASSNAMEW
#else
#define STATUSCLASSNAME         STATUSCLASSNAMEA
#endif

#else
#define STATUSCLASSNAME         "msctls_statusbar"
#endif

#define SB_SETTEXTA             (WM_USER+1)
#define SB_SETTEXTW             (WM_USER+11)
#define SB_GETTEXTA             (WM_USER+2)
#define SB_GETTEXTW             (WM_USER+13)
#define SB_GETTEXTLENGTHA       (WM_USER+3)
#define SB_GETTEXTLENGTHW       (WM_USER+12)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define SB_GETTEXT              SB_GETTEXTW
#define SB_SETTEXT              SB_SETTEXTW
#define SB_GETTEXTLENGTH        SB_GETTEXTLENGTHW
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define SB_SETTIPTEXT           SB_SETTIPTEXTW
#define SB_GETTIPTEXT           SB_GETTIPTEXTW
#endif
#else
#define SB_GETTEXT              SB_GETTEXTA
#define SB_SETTEXT              SB_SETTEXTA
#define SB_GETTEXTLENGTH        SB_GETTEXTLENGTHA
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define SB_SETTIPTEXT           SB_SETTIPTEXTA
#define SB_GETTIPTEXT           SB_GETTIPTEXTA
#endif
#endif


#define SB_SETPARTS             (WM_USER+4)
#define SB_GETPARTS             (WM_USER+6)
#define SB_GETBORDERS           (WM_USER+7)
#define SB_SETMINHEIGHT         (WM_USER+8)
#define SB_SIMPLE               (WM_USER+9)
#define SB_GETRECT              (WM_USER+10)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define SB_ISSIMPLE             (WM_USER+14)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define SB_SETICON              (WM_USER+15)
#define SB_SETTIPTEXTA          (WM_USER+16)
#define SB_SETTIPTEXTW          (WM_USER+17)
#define SB_GETTIPTEXTA          (WM_USER+18)
#define SB_GETTIPTEXTW          (WM_USER+19)
#define SB_GETICON              (WM_USER+20)
#define SB_SETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define SB_GETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#endif

#define SBT_OWNERDRAW            0x1000
#define SBT_NOBORDERS            0x0100
#define SBT_POPOUT               0x0200
#define SBT_RTLREADING           0x0400
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define SBT_NOTABPARSING         0x0800
#endif

#define SB_SETBKCOLOR           CCM_SETBKCOLOR      // lParam = bkColor

// status bar notifications
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define SBN_SIMPLEMODECHANGE    (SBN_FIRST - 0)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
// refers to the data saved for simple mode
#define SB_SIMPLEID  0x00ff
#endif

#endif      // NOSTATUSBAR

//====== MENU HELP ============================================================

#ifndef NOMENUHELP

WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI MenuHelp(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, HMENU hMainMenu, HINSTANCE hInst, HWND hwndStatus, __in_ecount(4) UINT *lpwIDs);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI ShowHideMenuCtl(HWND hWnd, UINT_PTR uFlags, __in __nullterminated LPINT lpInfo);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI GetEffectiveClientRect(HWND hWnd, LPRECT lprc,  __in __nullterminated const INT *lpInfo);

#define MINSYSCOMMAND   SC_SIZE

#endif


//====== TRACKBAR CONTROL =====================================================

#ifndef NOTRACKBAR

#ifdef _WIN32

#define TRACKBAR_CLASSA         "msctls_trackbar32"
#define TRACKBAR_CLASSW         L"msctls_trackbar32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  TRACKBAR_CLASS         TRACKBAR_CLASSW
#else
#define  TRACKBAR_CLASS         TRACKBAR_CLASSA
#endif

#else
#define TRACKBAR_CLASS          "msctls_trackbar"
#endif


// begin_r_commctrl

#define TBS_AUTOTICKS           0x0001
#define TBS_VERT                0x0002
#define TBS_HORZ                0x0000
#define TBS_TOP                 0x0004
#define TBS_BOTTOM              0x0000
#define TBS_LEFT                0x0004
#define TBS_RIGHT               0x0000
#define TBS_BOTH                0x0008
#define TBS_NOTICKS             0x0010
#define TBS_ENABLESELRANGE      0x0020
#define TBS_FIXEDLENGTH         0x0040
#define TBS_NOTHUMB             0x0080
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBS_TOOLTIPS            0x0100
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TBS_REVERSED            0x0200  // Accessibility hint: the smaller number (usually the min value) means "high" and the larger number (usually the max value) means "low"
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)
#define TBS_DOWNISLEFT          0x0400  // Down=Left and Up=Right (default is Down=Right and Up=Left)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TBS_NOTIFYBEFOREMOVE    0x0800  // Trackbar should notify parent before repositioning the slider due to user action (enables snapping)
#endif

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
#define TBS_TRANSPARENTBKGND    0x1000  // Background is painted by the parent via WM_PRINTCLIENT
#endif

// end_r_commctrl

#define TBM_GETPOS              (WM_USER)
#define TBM_GETRANGEMIN         (WM_USER+1)
#define TBM_GETRANGEMAX         (WM_USER+2)
#define TBM_GETTIC              (WM_USER+3)
#define TBM_SETTIC              (WM_USER+4)
#define TBM_SETPOS              (WM_USER+5)
#define TBM_SETRANGE            (WM_USER+6)
#define TBM_SETRANGEMIN         (WM_USER+7)
#define TBM_SETRANGEMAX         (WM_USER+8)
#define TBM_CLEARTICS           (WM_USER+9)
#define TBM_SETSEL              (WM_USER+10)
#define TBM_SETSELSTART         (WM_USER+11)
#define TBM_SETSELEND           (WM_USER+12)
#define TBM_GETPTICS            (WM_USER+14)
#define TBM_GETTICPOS           (WM_USER+15)
#define TBM_GETNUMTICS          (WM_USER+16)
#define TBM_GETSELSTART         (WM_USER+17)
#define TBM_GETSELEND           (WM_USER+18)
#define TBM_CLEARSEL            (WM_USER+19)
#define TBM_SETTICFREQ          (WM_USER+20)
#define TBM_SETPAGESIZE         (WM_USER+21)
#define TBM_GETPAGESIZE         (WM_USER+22)
#define TBM_SETLINESIZE         (WM_USER+23)
#define TBM_GETLINESIZE         (WM_USER+24)
#define TBM_GETTHUMBRECT        (WM_USER+25)
#define TBM_GETCHANNELRECT      (WM_USER+26)
#define TBM_SETTHUMBLENGTH      (WM_USER+27)
#define TBM_GETTHUMBLENGTH      (WM_USER+28)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TBM_SETTOOLTIPS         (WM_USER+29)
#define TBM_GETTOOLTIPS         (WM_USER+30)
#define TBM_SETTIPSIDE          (WM_USER+31)
// TrackBar Tip Side flags
#define TBTS_TOP                0
#define TBTS_LEFT               1
#define TBTS_BOTTOM             2
#define TBTS_RIGHT              3

#define TBM_SETBUDDY            (WM_USER+32) // wparam = BOOL fLeft; (or right)
#define TBM_GETBUDDY            (WM_USER+33) // wparam = BOOL fLeft; (or right)
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TBM_SETUNICODEFORMAT    CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TBM_GETUNICODEFORMAT    CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#endif


#define TB_LINEUP               0
#define TB_LINEDOWN             1
#define TB_PAGEUP               2
#define TB_PAGEDOWN             3
#define TB_THUMBPOSITION        4
#define TB_THUMBTRACK           5
#define TB_TOP                  6
#define TB_BOTTOM               7
#define TB_ENDTRACK             8


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
// custom draw item specs
#define TBCD_TICS    0x0001
#define TBCD_THUMB   0x0002
#define TBCD_CHANNEL 0x0003
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define TRBN_THUMBPOSCHANGING       (TRBN_FIRST-1)

// Structure for Trackbar's TRBN_THUMBPOSCHANGING notification
typedef struct tagTRBTHUMBPOSCHANGING
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    DWORD dwPos;
    int nReason;
} NMTRBTHUMBPOSCHANGING;
#endif

#endif // trackbar

//====== DRAG LIST CONTROL ====================================================

#ifndef NODRAGLIST

typedef struct tagDRAGLISTINFO {
    UINT uNotification;
    HWND hWnd;
    POINT ptCursor;
} DRAGLISTINFO, *LPDRAGLISTINFO;

#define DL_BEGINDRAG            (WM_USER+133)
#define DL_DRAGGING             (WM_USER+134)
#define DL_DROPPED              (WM_USER+135)
#define DL_CANCELDRAG           (WM_USER+136)

#define DL_CURSORSET            0
#define DL_STOPCURSOR           1
#define DL_COPYCURSOR           2
#define DL_MOVECURSOR           3

#define DRAGLISTMSGSTRING       TEXT("commctrl_DragListMsg")

WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI MakeDragList(HWND hLB);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI void WINAPI DrawInsert(HWND handParent, HWND hLB, int nItem);

WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI LBItemFromPt(HWND hLB, POINT pt, BOOL bAutoScroll);

#endif


//====== UPDOWN CONTROL =======================================================

#ifndef NOUPDOWN

#ifdef _WIN32

#define UPDOWN_CLASSA           "msctls_updown32"
#define UPDOWN_CLASSW           L"msctls_updown32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  UPDOWN_CLASS           UPDOWN_CLASSW
#else
#define  UPDOWN_CLASS           UPDOWN_CLASSA
#endif

#else
#define UPDOWN_CLASS            "msctls_updown"
#endif


typedef struct _UDACCEL {
    UINT nSec;
    UINT nInc;
} UDACCEL, *LPUDACCEL;

#define UD_MAXVAL               0x7fff
#define UD_MINVAL               (-UD_MAXVAL)

// begin_r_commctrl

#define UDS_WRAP                0x0001
#define UDS_SETBUDDYINT         0x0002
#define UDS_ALIGNRIGHT          0x0004
#define UDS_ALIGNLEFT           0x0008
#define UDS_AUTOBUDDY           0x0010
#define UDS_ARROWKEYS           0x0020
#define UDS_HORZ                0x0040
#define UDS_NOTHOUSANDS         0x0080
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define UDS_HOTTRACK            0x0100
#endif

// end_r_commctrl

#define UDM_SETRANGE            (WM_USER+101)
#define UDM_GETRANGE            (WM_USER+102)
#define UDM_SETPOS              (WM_USER+103)
#define UDM_GETPOS              (WM_USER+104)
#define UDM_SETBUDDY            (WM_USER+105)
#define UDM_GETBUDDY            (WM_USER+106)
#define UDM_SETACCEL            (WM_USER+107)
#define UDM_GETACCEL            (WM_USER+108)
#define UDM_SETBASE             (WM_USER+109)
#define UDM_GETBASE             (WM_USER+110)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define UDM_SETRANGE32          (WM_USER+111)
#define UDM_GETRANGE32          (WM_USER+112) // wParam & lParam are LPINT
#define UDM_SETUNICODEFORMAT    CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define UDM_GETUNICODEFORMAT    CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define UDM_SETPOS32            (WM_USER+113)
#define UDM_GETPOS32            (WM_USER+114)
#endif

WINCOMMCTRLAPI HWND WINAPI CreateUpDownControl(DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y, int cx, int cy,
                                HWND hParent, int nID, HINSTANCE hInst,
                                HWND hBuddy,
                                int nUpper, int nLower, int nPos);

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define NM_UPDOWN      NMUPDOWN
#define LPNM_UPDOWN  LPNMUPDOWN
#else
#define NMUPDOWN      NM_UPDOWN
#define LPNMUPDOWN  LPNM_UPDOWN
#endif

typedef struct _NM_UPDOWN
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    int iPos;
    int iDelta;
} NMUPDOWN, *LPNMUPDOWN;

#define UDN_DELTAPOS            (UDN_FIRST - 1)

#endif  // NOUPDOWN


//====== PROGRESS CONTROL =====================================================

#ifndef NOPROGRESS

#ifdef _WIN32

#define PROGRESS_CLASSA         "msctls_progress32"
#define PROGRESS_CLASSW         L"msctls_progress32"


#ifdef UNICODE
#define  PROGRESS_CLASS         PROGRESS_CLASSW
#else
#define  PROGRESS_CLASS         PROGRESS_CLASSA
#endif

#else
#define PROGRESS_CLASS          "msctls_progress"
#endif

// begin_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define PBS_SMOOTH              0x01
#define PBS_VERTICAL            0x04
#endif

// end_r_commctrl

#define PBM_SETRANGE            (WM_USER+1)
#define PBM_SETPOS              (WM_USER+2)
#define PBM_DELTAPOS            (WM_USER+3)
#define PBM_SETSTEP             (WM_USER+4)
#define PBM_STEPIT              (WM_USER+5)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define PBM_SETRANGE32          (WM_USER+6)  // lParam = high, wParam = low
typedef struct
{
   int iLow;
   int iHigh;
} PBRANGE, *PPBRANGE;
#define PBM_GETRANGE            (WM_USER+7)  // wParam = return (TRUE ? low : high). lParam = PPBRANGE or NULL
#define PBM_GETPOS              (WM_USER+8)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define PBM_SETBARCOLOR         (WM_USER+9)             // lParam = bar color
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400
#define PBM_SETBKCOLOR          CCM_SETBKCOLOR  // lParam = bkColor
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300


// begin_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define PBS_MARQUEE             0x08
#endif       // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501

// end_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define PBM_SETMARQUEE          (WM_USER+10)
#endif      // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501

// begin_r_commctrl
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define PBS_SMOOTHREVERSE       0x10
#endif       // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600

// end_r_commctrl

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600

#define PBM_GETSTEP             (WM_USER+13)
#define PBM_GETBKCOLOR          (WM_USER+14)
#define PBM_GETBARCOLOR         (WM_USER+15)
#define PBM_SETSTATE            (WM_USER+16) // wParam = PBST_[State] (NORMAL, ERROR, PAUSED)
#define PBM_GETSTATE            (WM_USER+17)

#define PBST_NORMAL             0x0001
#define PBST_ERROR              0x0002
#define PBST_PAUSED             0x0003
#endif      // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600

#endif  // NOPROGRESS


//====== HOTKEY CONTROL =======================================================

#ifndef NOHOTKEY

#define HOTKEYF_SHIFT           0x01
#define HOTKEYF_CONTROL         0x02
#define HOTKEYF_ALT             0x04
#ifdef _MAC
#define HOTKEYF_EXT             0x80
#else
#define HOTKEYF_EXT             0x08
#endif

#define HKCOMB_NONE             0x0001
#define HKCOMB_S                0x0002
#define HKCOMB_C                0x0004
#define HKCOMB_A                0x0008
#define HKCOMB_SC               0x0010
#define HKCOMB_SA               0x0020
#define HKCOMB_CA               0x0040
#define HKCOMB_SCA              0x0080


#define HKM_SETHOTKEY           (WM_USER+1)
#define HKM_GETHOTKEY           (WM_USER+2)
#define HKM_SETRULES            (WM_USER+3)

#ifdef _WIN32

#define HOTKEY_CLASSA           "msctls_hotkey32"
#define HOTKEY_CLASSW           L"msctls_hotkey32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define HOTKEY_CLASS            HOTKEY_CLASSW
#else
#define HOTKEY_CLASS            HOTKEY_CLASSA
#endif

#else
#define HOTKEY_CLASS            "msctls_hotkey"
#endif

#endif  // NOHOTKEY

// begin_r_commctrl

//====== COMMON CONTROL STYLES ================================================

#define CCS_TOP                 0x00000001L
#define CCS_NOMOVEY             0x00000002L
#define CCS_BOTTOM              0x00000003L
#define CCS_NORESIZE            0x00000004L
#define CCS_NOPARENTALIGN       0x00000008L
#define CCS_ADJUSTABLE          0x00000020L
#define CCS_NODIVIDER           0x00000040L
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define CCS_VERT                0x00000080L
#define CCS_LEFT                (CCS_VERT | CCS_TOP)
#define CCS_RIGHT               (CCS_VERT | CCS_BOTTOM)
#define CCS_NOMOVEX             (CCS_VERT | CCS_NOMOVEY)
#endif

// end_r_commctrl

//====== SysLink control =========================================

#ifdef _WIN32
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)

#define INVALID_LINK_INDEX  (-1)
#define MAX_LINKID_TEXT     48
#define L_MAX_URL_LENGTH    (2048 + 32 + sizeof("://"))

#define WC_LINK         L"SysLink"

// begin_r_commctrl

#define LWS_TRANSPARENT     0x0001
#define LWS_IGNORERETURN    0x0002
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LWS_NOPREFIX        0x0004
#define LWS_USEVISUALSTYLE  0x0008
#define LWS_USECUSTOMTEXT   0x0010
#define LWS_RIGHT           0x0020
#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600

// end_r_commctrl

#define LIF_ITEMINDEX    0x00000001
#define LIF_STATE        0x00000002
#define LIF_ITEMID       0x00000004
#define LIF_URL          0x00000008

#define LIS_FOCUSED         0x00000001
#define LIS_ENABLED         0x00000002
#define LIS_VISITED         0x00000004
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LIS_HOTTRACK        0x00000008
#define LIS_DEFAULTCOLORS   0x00000010 // Don't use any custom text colors
#endif

typedef struct tagLITEM
{
    UINT        mask ;
    int         iLink ;
    UINT        state ;
    UINT        stateMask ;
    WCHAR       szID[MAX_LINKID_TEXT] ;
    WCHAR       szUrl[L_MAX_URL_LENGTH] ;
} LITEM, * PLITEM ;

typedef struct tagLHITTESTINFO
{
    POINT       pt ;
    LITEM     item ;
} LHITTESTINFO, *PLHITTESTINFO ;

typedef struct tagNMLINK
{
    NMHDR       hdr;
    LITEM     item ;
} NMLINK,  *PNMLINK;

//  SysLink notifications
//  NM_CLICK   // wParam: control ID, lParam: PNMLINK, ret: ignored.

//  LinkWindow messages
#define LM_HITTEST         (WM_USER+0x300)  // wParam: n/a, lparam: PLHITTESTINFO, ret: BOOL
#define LM_GETIDEALHEIGHT  (WM_USER+0x301)  // wParam: cxMaxWidth, lparam: n/a, ret: cy
#define LM_SETITEM         (WM_USER+0x302)  // wParam: n/a, lparam: LITEM*, ret: BOOL
#define LM_GETITEM         (WM_USER+0x303)  // wParam: n/a, lparam: LITEM*, ret: BOOL
#define LM_GETIDEALSIZE    (LM_GETIDEALHEIGHT)  // wParam: cxMaxWidth, lparam: SIZE*, ret: cy

#endif

#endif // _WIN32
//====== End SysLink control =========================================


//====== LISTVIEW CONTROL =====================================================

#ifndef NOLISTVIEW

#ifdef _WIN32

#define WC_LISTVIEWA            "SysListView32"
#define WC_LISTVIEWW            L"SysListView32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_LISTVIEW             WC_LISTVIEWW
#else
#define WC_LISTVIEW             WC_LISTVIEWA
#endif

#else
#define WC_LISTVIEW             "SysListView"
#endif

// begin_r_commctrl

#define LVS_ICON                0x0000
#define LVS_REPORT              0x0001
#define LVS_SMALLICON           0x0002
#define LVS_LIST                0x0003
#define LVS_TYPEMASK            0x0003
#define LVS_SINGLESEL           0x0004
#define LVS_SHOWSELALWAYS       0x0008
#define LVS_SORTASCENDING       0x0010
#define LVS_SORTDESCENDING      0x0020
#define LVS_SHAREIMAGELISTS     0x0040
#define LVS_NOLABELWRAP         0x0080
#define LVS_AUTOARRANGE         0x0100
#define LVS_EDITLABELS          0x0200
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVS_OWNERDATA           0x1000
#endif
#define LVS_NOSCROLL            0x2000

#define LVS_TYPESTYLEMASK       0xfc00

#define LVS_ALIGNTOP            0x0000
#define LVS_ALIGNLEFT           0x0800
#define LVS_ALIGNMASK           0x0c00

#define LVS_OWNERDRAWFIXED      0x0400
#define LVS_NOCOLUMNHEADER      0x4000
#define LVS_NOSORTHEADER        0x8000

// end_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define LVM_SETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define ListView_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode)  \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)

#define LVM_GETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define ListView_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd)  \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)
#endif

#define LVM_GETBKCOLOR          (LVM_FIRST + 0)
#define ListView_GetBkColor(hwnd)  \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETBKCOLOR, 0, 0L)

#define LVM_SETBKCOLOR          (LVM_FIRST + 1)
#define ListView_SetBkColor(hwnd, clrBk) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(clrBk))

#define LVM_GETIMAGELIST        (LVM_FIRST + 2)
#define ListView_GetImageList(hwnd, iImageList) \
    (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETIMAGELIST, (WPARAM)(INT)(iImageList), 0L)

#define LVSIL_NORMAL            0
#define LVSIL_SMALL             1
#define LVSIL_STATE             2
#define LVSIL_GROUPHEADER       3

#define LVM_SETIMAGELIST        (LVM_FIRST + 3)
#define ListView_SetImageList(hwnd, himl, iImageList) \
    (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETIMAGELIST, (WPARAM)(iImageList), (LPARAM)(HIMAGELIST)(himl))

#define LVM_GETITEMCOUNT        (LVM_FIRST + 4)
#define ListView_GetItemCount(hwnd) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETITEMCOUNT, 0, 0L)


#define LVIF_TEXT               0x00000001
#define LVIF_IMAGE              0x00000002
#define LVIF_PARAM              0x00000004
#define LVIF_STATE              0x00000008
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVIF_INDENT             0x00000010
#define LVIF_NORECOMPUTE        0x00000800
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define LVIF_GROUPID            0x00000100
#define LVIF_COLUMNS            0x00000200
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVIF_COLFMT             0x00010000 // The piColFmt member is valid in addition to puColumns
#endif

#define LVIS_FOCUSED            0x0001
#define LVIS_SELECTED           0x0002
#define LVIS_CUT                0x0004
#define LVIS_DROPHILITED        0x0008
#define LVIS_GLOW               0x0010
#define LVIS_ACTIVATING         0x0020

#define LVIS_OVERLAYMASK        0x0F00
#define LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK     0xF000

#define INDEXTOSTATEIMAGEMASK(i) ((i) << 12)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define I_INDENTCALLBACK        (-1)
#define LV_ITEMA LVITEMA
#define LV_ITEMW LVITEMW
#else
#define tagLVITEMA    _LV_ITEMA
#define LVITEMA       LV_ITEMA
#define tagLVITEMW    _LV_ITEMW
#define LVITEMW       LV_ITEMW
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define I_GROUPIDCALLBACK   (-1)
#define I_GROUPIDNONE       (-2)
#endif
#define LV_ITEM LVITEM

#define LVITEMA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVITEMA, lParam)
#define LVITEMW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVITEMW, lParam)

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600 // Will be unused downlevel, but sizeof(LVITEMA) must be equal to sizeof(LVITEMW)
#define LVITEMA_V5_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVITEMA, puColumns)
#define LVITEMW_V5_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVITEMW, puColumns)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVITEM_V5_SIZE LVITEMW_V5_SIZE
#else
#define LVITEM_V5_SIZE LVITEMA_V5_SIZE
#endif
#endif

typedef struct tagLVITEMA
{
    UINT mask;
    int iItem;
    int iSubItem;
    UINT state;
    UINT stateMask;
    LPSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iImage;
    LPARAM lParam;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    int iIndent;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
    int iGroupId;
    UINT cColumns; // tile view columns
    PUINT puColumns;
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600 // Will be unused downlevel, but sizeof(LVITEMA) must be equal to sizeof(LVITEMW)
    int* piColFmt;
    int iGroup; // readonly. only valid for owner data.
#endif
} LVITEMA, *LPLVITEMA;

typedef struct tagLVITEMW
{
    UINT mask;
    int iItem;
    int iSubItem;
    UINT state;
    UINT stateMask;
    LPWSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iImage;
    LPARAM lParam;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    int iIndent;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
    int iGroupId;
    UINT cColumns; // tile view columns
    PUINT puColumns;
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
    int* piColFmt;
    int iGroup; // readonly. only valid for owner data.
#endif
} LVITEMW, *LPLVITEMW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVITEM    LVITEMW
#define LPLVITEM  LPLVITEMW
#define LVITEM_V1_SIZE LVITEMW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define LVITEM    LVITEMA
#define LPLVITEM  LPLVITEMA
#define LVITEM_V1_SIZE LVITEMA_V1_SIZE
#endif

#define LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACKW     ((LPWSTR)-1L)
#define LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACKA     ((LPSTR)-1L)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACK      LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACKW
#else
#define LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACK      LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACKA
#endif

#define I_IMAGECALLBACK         (-1)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)
#define I_IMAGENONE             (-2)
#endif  // 0x0501

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
// For tileview
#define I_COLUMNSCALLBACK       ((UINT)-1)
#endif

#define LVM_GETITEMA            (LVM_FIRST + 5)
#define LVM_GETITEMW            (LVM_FIRST + 75)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_GETITEM             LVM_GETITEMW
#else
#define LVM_GETITEM             LVM_GETITEMA
#endif

#define ListView_GetItem(hwnd, pitem) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)(pitem))


#define LVM_SETITEMA            (LVM_FIRST + 6)
#define LVM_SETITEMW            (LVM_FIRST + 76)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_SETITEM             LVM_SETITEMW
#else
#define LVM_SETITEM             LVM_SETITEMA
#endif

#define ListView_SetItem(hwnd, pitem) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(const LV_ITEM *)(pitem))


#define LVM_INSERTITEMA         (LVM_FIRST + 7)
#define LVM_INSERTITEMW         (LVM_FIRST + 77)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_INSERTITEM          LVM_INSERTITEMW
#else
#define LVM_INSERTITEM          LVM_INSERTITEMA
#endif
#define ListView_InsertItem(hwnd, pitem)   \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(const LV_ITEM *)(pitem))


#define LVM_DELETEITEM          (LVM_FIRST + 8)
#define ListView_DeleteItem(hwnd, i) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_DELETEITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), 0L)


#define LVM_DELETEALLITEMS      (LVM_FIRST + 9)
#define ListView_DeleteAllItems(hwnd) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_DELETEALLITEMS, 0, 0L)


#define LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK     (LVM_FIRST + 10)
#define ListView_GetCallbackMask(hwnd) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK, 0, 0)


#define LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK     (LVM_FIRST + 11)
#define ListView_SetCallbackMask(hwnd, mask) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK, (WPARAM)(UINT)(mask), 0)


#define LVNI_ALL                0x0000

#define LVNI_FOCUSED            0x0001
#define LVNI_SELECTED           0x0002
#define LVNI_CUT                0x0004
#define LVNI_DROPHILITED        0x0008
#define LVNI_STATEMASK          (LVNI_FOCUSED | LVNI_SELECTED | LVNI_CUT | LVNI_DROPHILITED)

#define LVNI_VISIBLEORDER       0x0010
#define LVNI_PREVIOUS           0x0020
#define LVNI_VISIBLEONLY        0x0040
#define LVNI_SAMEGROUPONLY      0x0080

#define LVNI_ABOVE              0x0100
#define LVNI_BELOW              0x0200
#define LVNI_TOLEFT             0x0400
#define LVNI_TORIGHT            0x0800
#define LVNI_DIRECTIONMASK      (LVNI_ABOVE | LVNI_BELOW | LVNI_TOLEFT | LVNI_TORIGHT)


#define LVM_GETNEXTITEM         (LVM_FIRST + 12)
#define ListView_GetNextItem(hwnd, i, flags) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETNEXTITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), MAKELPARAM((flags), 0))

#define LVFI_PARAM              0x0001
#define LVFI_STRING             0x0002
#define LVFI_SUBSTRING          0x0004  // Same as LVFI_PARTIAL
#define LVFI_PARTIAL            0x0008
#define LVFI_WRAP               0x0020
#define LVFI_NEARESTXY          0x0040

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LV_FINDINFOA    LVFINDINFOA
#define LV_FINDINFOW    LVFINDINFOW
#else
#define tagLVFINDINFOA  _LV_FINDINFOA
#define    LVFINDINFOA   LV_FINDINFOA
#define tagLVFINDINFOW  _LV_FINDINFOW
#define    LVFINDINFOW   LV_FINDINFOW
#endif

#define LV_FINDINFO  LVFINDINFO

typedef struct tagLVFINDINFOA
{
    UINT flags;
    LPCSTR psz;
    LPARAM lParam;
    POINT pt;
    UINT vkDirection;
} LVFINDINFOA, *LPFINDINFOA;

typedef struct tagLVFINDINFOW
{
    UINT flags;
    LPCWSTR psz;
    LPARAM lParam;
    POINT pt;
    UINT vkDirection;
} LVFINDINFOW, *LPFINDINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  LVFINDINFO            LVFINDINFOW
#else
#define  LVFINDINFO            LVFINDINFOA
#endif

#define LVM_FINDITEMA           (LVM_FIRST + 13)
#define LVM_FINDITEMW           (LVM_FIRST + 83)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define  LVM_FINDITEM           LVM_FINDITEMW
#else
#define  LVM_FINDITEM           LVM_FINDITEMA
#endif

#define ListView_FindItem(hwnd, iStart, plvfi) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_FINDITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(iStart), (LPARAM)(const LV_FINDINFO *)(plvfi))

#define LVIR_BOUNDS             0
#define LVIR_ICON               1
#define LVIR_LABEL              2
#define LVIR_SELECTBOUNDS       3


#define LVM_GETITEMRECT         (LVM_FIRST + 14)
#define ListView_GetItemRect(hwnd, i, prc, code) \
     (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(int)(i), \
           ((prc) ? (((RECT *)(prc))->left = (code),(LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc)) : (LPARAM)(RECT *)NULL))


#define LVM_SETITEMPOSITION     (LVM_FIRST + 15)
#define ListView_SetItemPosition(hwndLV, i, x, y) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMPOSITION, (WPARAM)(int)(i), MAKELPARAM((x), (y)))


#define LVM_GETITEMPOSITION     (LVM_FIRST + 16)
#define ListView_GetItemPosition(hwndLV, i, ppt) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMPOSITION, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(POINT *)(ppt))


#define LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA     (LVM_FIRST + 17)
#define LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW     (LVM_FIRST + 87)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define  LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTH     LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW
#else
#define  LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTH     LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA
#endif

#define ListView_GetStringWidth(hwndLV, psz) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTH, 0, (LPARAM)(LPCTSTR)(psz))


#define LVHT_NOWHERE            0x00000001
#define LVHT_ONITEMICON         0x00000002
#define LVHT_ONITEMLABEL        0x00000004
#define LVHT_ONITEMSTATEICON    0x00000008
#define LVHT_ONITEM             (LVHT_ONITEMICON | LVHT_ONITEMLABEL | LVHT_ONITEMSTATEICON)

#define LVHT_ABOVE              0x00000008
#define LVHT_BELOW              0x00000010
#define LVHT_TORIGHT            0x00000020
#define LVHT_TOLEFT             0x00000040


#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_HEADER       0x10000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_FOOTER       0x20000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_COLLAPSE     0x40000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_BACKGROUND   0x80000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_STATEICON    0x01000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_SUBSETLINK   0x02000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP              (LVHT_EX_GROUP_BACKGROUND | LVHT_EX_GROUP_COLLAPSE | LVHT_EX_GROUP_FOOTER | LVHT_EX_GROUP_HEADER | LVHT_EX_GROUP_STATEICON | LVHT_EX_GROUP_SUBSETLINK)
#define LVHT_EX_ONCONTENTS         0x04000000 // On item AND not on the background
#define LVHT_EX_FOOTER             0x08000000

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LV_HITTESTINFO LVHITTESTINFO
#else
#define tagLVHITTESTINFO  _LV_HITTESTINFO
#define    LVHITTESTINFO   LV_HITTESTINFO
#endif

#define LVHITTESTINFO_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVHITTESTINFO, iItem)

typedef struct tagLVHITTESTINFO
{
    POINT pt;
    UINT flags;
    int iItem;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    int iSubItem;    // this is was NOT in win95.  valid only for LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
    int iGroup; // readonly. index of group. only valid for owner data.
                // supports single item in multiple groups.
#endif
} LVHITTESTINFO, *LPLVHITTESTINFO;

#define LVM_HITTEST             (LVM_FIRST + 18)
#define ListView_HitTest(hwndLV, pinfo) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(LV_HITTESTINFO *)(pinfo))
#define ListView_HitTestEx(hwndLV, pinfo) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_HITTEST, (WPARAM)-1, (LPARAM)(LV_HITTESTINFO *)(pinfo))


#define LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE       (LVM_FIRST + 19)
#define ListView_EnsureVisible(hwndLV, i, fPartialOK) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE, (WPARAM)(int)(i), MAKELPARAM((fPartialOK), 0))


#define LVM_SCROLL              (LVM_FIRST + 20)
#define ListView_Scroll(hwndLV, dx, dy) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SCROLL, (WPARAM)(int)(dx), (LPARAM)(int)(dy))


#define LVM_REDRAWITEMS         (LVM_FIRST + 21)
#define ListView_RedrawItems(hwndLV, iFirst, iLast) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_REDRAWITEMS, (WPARAM)(int)(iFirst), (LPARAM)(int)(iLast))


#define LVA_DEFAULT             0x0000
#define LVA_ALIGNLEFT           0x0001
#define LVA_ALIGNTOP            0x0002
#define LVA_SNAPTOGRID          0x0005


#define LVM_ARRANGE             (LVM_FIRST + 22)
#define ListView_Arrange(hwndLV, code) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_ARRANGE, (WPARAM)(UINT)(code), 0L)


#define LVM_EDITLABELA          (LVM_FIRST + 23)
#define LVM_EDITLABELW          (LVM_FIRST + 118)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_EDITLABEL           LVM_EDITLABELW
#else
#define LVM_EDITLABEL           LVM_EDITLABELA
#endif

#define ListView_EditLabel(hwndLV, i) \
    (HWND)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_EDITLABEL, (WPARAM)(int)(i), 0L)

#define LVM_GETEDITCONTROL      (LVM_FIRST + 24)
#define ListView_GetEditControl(hwndLV) \
    (HWND)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETEDITCONTROL, 0, 0L)


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LV_COLUMNA      LVCOLUMNA
#define LV_COLUMNW      LVCOLUMNW
#else
#define tagLVCOLUMNA    _LV_COLUMNA
#define    LVCOLUMNA     LV_COLUMNA
#define tagLVCOLUMNW    _LV_COLUMNW
#define    LVCOLUMNW     LV_COLUMNW
#endif

#define LV_COLUMN       LVCOLUMN

#define LVCOLUMNA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVCOLUMNA, iSubItem)
#define LVCOLUMNW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVCOLUMNW, iSubItem)

typedef struct tagLVCOLUMNA
{
    UINT mask;
    int fmt;
    int cx;
    LPSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iSubItem;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    int iImage;
    int iOrder;
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
    int cxMin;       // min snap point
    int cxDefault;   // default snap point
    int cxIdeal;     // read only. ideal may not eqaul current width if auto sized (LVS_EX_AUTOSIZECOLUMNS) to a lesser width.
#endif
} LVCOLUMNA, *LPLVCOLUMNA;

typedef struct tagLVCOLUMNW
{
    UINT mask;
    int fmt;
    int cx;
    LPWSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iSubItem;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    int iImage;
    int iOrder;
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
    int cxMin;       // min snap point
    int cxDefault;   // default snap point
    int cxIdeal;     // read only. ideal may not eqaul current width if auto sized (LVS_EX_AUTOSIZECOLUMNS) to a lesser width.
#endif
} LVCOLUMNW, *LPLVCOLUMNW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  LVCOLUMN               LVCOLUMNW
#define  LPLVCOLUMN             LPLVCOLUMNW
#define LVCOLUMN_V1_SIZE LVCOLUMNW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define  LVCOLUMN               LVCOLUMNA
#define  LPLVCOLUMN             LPLVCOLUMNA
#define LVCOLUMN_V1_SIZE LVCOLUMNA_V1_SIZE
#endif


#define LVCF_FMT                0x0001
#define LVCF_WIDTH              0x0002
#define LVCF_TEXT               0x0004
#define LVCF_SUBITEM            0x0008
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVCF_IMAGE              0x0010
#define LVCF_ORDER              0x0020
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVCF_MINWIDTH           0x0040
#define LVCF_DEFAULTWIDTH       0x0080
#define LVCF_IDEALWIDTH         0x0100
#endif

// LVCFMT_ flags up to FFFF are shared with the header control (HDF_ flags).
// Flags above FFFF are listview-specific.

#define LVCFMT_LEFT                 0x0000 // Same as HDF_LEFT
#define LVCFMT_RIGHT                0x0001 // Same as HDF_RIGHT
#define LVCFMT_CENTER               0x0002 // Same as HDF_CENTER
#define LVCFMT_JUSTIFYMASK          0x0003 // Same as HDF_JUSTIFYMASK

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVCFMT_IMAGE                0x0800 // Same as HDF_IMAGE
#define LVCFMT_BITMAP_ON_RIGHT      0x1000 // Same as HDF_BITMAP_ON_RIGHT
#define LVCFMT_COL_HAS_IMAGES       0x8000 // Same as HDF_OWNERDRAW
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVCFMT_FIXED_WIDTH          0x00100  // Can't resize the column; same as HDF_FIXEDWIDTH
#define LVCFMT_NO_DPI_SCALE         0x40000  // If not set, CCM_DPISCALE will govern scaling up fixed width
#define LVCFMT_FIXED_RATIO          0x80000  // Width will augment with the row height

// The following flags
#define LVCFMT_LINE_BREAK          0x100000 // Move to the top of the next list of columns
#define LVCFMT_FILL                0x200000 // Fill the remainder of the tile area. Might have a title.
#define LVCFMT_WRAP                0x400000 // This sub-item can be wrapped.
#define LVCFMT_NO_TITLE            0x800000  // This sub-item doesn't have an title.
#define LVCFMT_TILE_PLACEMENTMASK (LVCFMT_LINE_BREAK | LVCFMT_FILL)

#define LVCFMT_SPLITBUTTON        0x1000000 // Column is a split button; same as HDF_SPLITBUTTON
#endif

#define LVM_GETCOLUMNA          (LVM_FIRST + 25)
#define LVM_GETCOLUMNW          (LVM_FIRST + 95)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define  LVM_GETCOLUMN          LVM_GETCOLUMNW
#else
#define  LVM_GETCOLUMN          LVM_GETCOLUMNA
#endif

#define ListView_GetColumn(hwnd, iCol, pcol) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETCOLUMN, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), (LPARAM)(LV_COLUMN *)(pcol))

#define LVM_SETCOLUMNA          (LVM_FIRST + 26)
#define LVM_SETCOLUMNW          (LVM_FIRST + 96)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define  LVM_SETCOLUMN          LVM_SETCOLUMNW
#else
#define  LVM_SETCOLUMN          LVM_SETCOLUMNA
#endif

#define ListView_SetColumn(hwnd, iCol, pcol) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETCOLUMN, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), (LPARAM)(const LV_COLUMN *)(pcol))


#define LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA       (LVM_FIRST + 27)
#define LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW       (LVM_FIRST + 97)
#ifdef UNICODE
#   define  LVM_INSERTCOLUMN    LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW
#else
#   define  LVM_INSERTCOLUMN    LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA
#endif

#define ListView_InsertColumn(hwnd, iCol, pcol) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTCOLUMN, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), (LPARAM)(const LV_COLUMN *)(pcol))


#define LVM_DELETECOLUMN        (LVM_FIRST + 28)
#define ListView_DeleteColumn(hwnd, iCol) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_DELETECOLUMN, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), 0)


#define LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH      (LVM_FIRST + 29)
#define ListView_GetColumnWidth(hwnd, iCol) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), 0)


#define LVSCW_AUTOSIZE              -1
#define LVSCW_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER    -2
#define LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH          (LVM_FIRST + 30)

#define ListView_SetColumnWidth(hwnd, iCol, cx) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), MAKELPARAM((cx), 0))

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVM_GETHEADER               (LVM_FIRST + 31)
#define ListView_GetHeader(hwnd)\
    (HWND)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETHEADER, 0, 0L)
#endif

#define LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE     (LVM_FIRST + 33)
#define ListView_CreateDragImage(hwnd, i, lpptUpLeft) \
    (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(LPPOINT)(lpptUpLeft))


#define LVM_GETVIEWRECT         (LVM_FIRST + 34)
#define ListView_GetViewRect(hwnd, prc) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETVIEWRECT, 0, (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))


#define LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR        (LVM_FIRST + 35)
#define ListView_GetTextColor(hwnd)  \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR, 0, 0L)


#define LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR        (LVM_FIRST + 36)
#define ListView_SetTextColor(hwnd, clrText) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(clrText))


#define LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR      (LVM_FIRST + 37)
#define ListView_GetTextBkColor(hwnd)  \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR, 0, 0L)


#define LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR      (LVM_FIRST + 38)
#define ListView_SetTextBkColor(hwnd, clrTextBk) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(clrTextBk))


#define LVM_GETTOPINDEX         (LVM_FIRST + 39)
#define ListView_GetTopIndex(hwndLV) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETTOPINDEX, 0, 0)


#define LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE     (LVM_FIRST + 40)
#define ListView_GetCountPerPage(hwndLV) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE, 0, 0)


#define LVM_GETORIGIN           (LVM_FIRST + 41)
#define ListView_GetOrigin(hwndLV, ppt) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETORIGIN, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(POINT *)(ppt))


#define LVM_UPDATE              (LVM_FIRST + 42)
#define ListView_Update(hwndLV, i) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_UPDATE, (WPARAM)(i), 0L)


#define LVM_SETITEMSTATE        (LVM_FIRST + 43)
#define ListView_SetItemState(hwndLV, i, data, mask) \
{ LV_ITEM _macro_lvi;\
  _macro_lvi.stateMask = (mask);\
  _macro_lvi.state = (data);\
  SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)&_macro_lvi);\
}

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define ListView_SetCheckState(hwndLV, i, fCheck) \
  ListView_SetItemState(hwndLV, i, INDEXTOSTATEIMAGEMASK((fCheck)?2:1), LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK)
#endif

#define LVM_GETITEMSTATE        (LVM_FIRST + 44)
#define ListView_GetItemState(hwndLV, i, mask) \
   (UINT)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)(mask))

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define ListView_GetCheckState(hwndLV, i) \
   ((((UINT)(SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(i), LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK))) >> 12) -1)
#endif

#define LVM_GETITEMTEXTA        (LVM_FIRST + 45)
#define LVM_GETITEMTEXTW        (LVM_FIRST + 115)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  LVM_GETITEMTEXT        LVM_GETITEMTEXTW
#else
#define  LVM_GETITEMTEXT        LVM_GETITEMTEXTA
#endif

#define ListView_GetItemText(hwndLV, i, iSubItem_, pszText_, cchTextMax_) \
{ LV_ITEM _macro_lvi;\
  _macro_lvi.iSubItem = (iSubItem_);\
  _macro_lvi.cchTextMax = (cchTextMax_);\
  _macro_lvi.pszText = (pszText_);\
  SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMTEXT, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)&_macro_lvi);\
}


#define LVM_SETITEMTEXTA        (LVM_FIRST + 46)
#define LVM_SETITEMTEXTW        (LVM_FIRST + 116)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  LVM_SETITEMTEXT        LVM_SETITEMTEXTW
#else
#define  LVM_SETITEMTEXT        LVM_SETITEMTEXTA
#endif

#define ListView_SetItemText(hwndLV, i, iSubItem_, pszText_) \
{ LV_ITEM _macro_lvi;\
  _macro_lvi.iSubItem = (iSubItem_);\
  _macro_lvi.pszText = (pszText_);\
  SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMTEXT, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)&_macro_lvi);\
}

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
// these flags only apply to LVS_OWNERDATA listviews in report or list mode
#define LVSICF_NOINVALIDATEALL  0x00000001
#define LVSICF_NOSCROLL         0x00000002
#endif

#define LVM_SETITEMCOUNT        (LVM_FIRST + 47)
#define ListView_SetItemCount(hwndLV, cItems) \
  SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMCOUNT, (WPARAM)(cItems), 0)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define ListView_SetItemCountEx(hwndLV, cItems, dwFlags) \
  SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMCOUNT, (WPARAM)(cItems), (LPARAM)(dwFlags))
#endif

typedef int (CALLBACK *PFNLVCOMPARE)(LPARAM, LPARAM, LPARAM);


#define LVM_SORTITEMS           (LVM_FIRST + 48)
#define ListView_SortItems(hwndLV, _pfnCompare, _lPrm) \
  (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SORTITEMS, (WPARAM)(LPARAM)(_lPrm), \
  (LPARAM)(PFNLVCOMPARE)(_pfnCompare))


#define LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32   (LVM_FIRST + 49)
#define ListView_SetItemPosition32(hwndLV, i, x0, y0) \
{   POINT ptNewPos; \
    ptNewPos.x = (x0); ptNewPos.y = (y0); \
    SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)&ptNewPos); \
}


#define LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT    (LVM_FIRST + 50)
#define ListView_GetSelectedCount(hwndLV) \
    (UINT)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT, 0, 0L)

#define LVM_GETITEMSPACING      (LVM_FIRST + 51)
#define ListView_GetItemSpacing(hwndLV, fSmall) \
        (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMSPACING, fSmall, 0L)


#define LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA   (LVM_FIRST + 52)
#define LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW   (LVM_FIRST + 117)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_GETISEARCHSTRING    LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW
#else
#define LVM_GETISEARCHSTRING    LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA
#endif

#define ListView_GetISearchString(hwndLV, lpsz) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETISEARCHSTRING, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)(lpsz))

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVM_SETICONSPACING      (LVM_FIRST + 53)
// -1 for cx and cy means we'll use the default (system settings)
// 0 for cx or cy means use the current setting (allows you to change just one param)
#define ListView_SetIconSpacing(hwndLV, cx, cy) \
        (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETICONSPACING, 0, MAKELONG(cx,cy))


#define LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE (LVM_FIRST + 54)   // optional wParam == mask
#define ListView_SetExtendedListViewStyle(hwndLV, dw)\
        (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE, 0, dw)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define ListView_SetExtendedListViewStyleEx(hwndLV, dwMask, dw)\
        (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE, dwMask, dw)
#endif

#define LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE (LVM_FIRST + 55)
#define ListView_GetExtendedListViewStyle(hwndLV)\
        (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE, 0, 0)

#define LVS_EX_GRIDLINES        0x00000001
#define LVS_EX_SUBITEMIMAGES    0x00000002
#define LVS_EX_CHECKBOXES       0x00000004
#define LVS_EX_TRACKSELECT      0x00000008
#define LVS_EX_HEADERDRAGDROP   0x00000010
#define LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT    0x00000020 // applies to report mode only
#define LVS_EX_ONECLICKACTIVATE 0x00000040
#define LVS_EX_TWOCLICKACTIVATE 0x00000080
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define LVS_EX_FLATSB           0x00000100
#define LVS_EX_REGIONAL         0x00000200
#define LVS_EX_INFOTIP          0x00000400 // listview does InfoTips for you
#define LVS_EX_UNDERLINEHOT     0x00000800
#define LVS_EX_UNDERLINECOLD    0x00001000
#define LVS_EX_MULTIWORKAREAS   0x00002000
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define LVS_EX_LABELTIP         0x00004000 // listview unfolds partly hidden labels if it does not have infotip text
#define LVS_EX_BORDERSELECT     0x00008000 // border selection style instead of highlight
#endif  // End (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define LVS_EX_DOUBLEBUFFER     0x00010000
#define LVS_EX_HIDELABELS       0x00020000
#define LVS_EX_SINGLEROW        0x00040000
#define LVS_EX_SNAPTOGRID       0x00080000  // Icons automatically snap to grid.
#define LVS_EX_SIMPLESELECT     0x00100000  // Also changes overlay rendering to top right for icon mode.
#endif
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVS_EX_JUSTIFYCOLUMNS   0x00200000  // Icons are lined up in columns that use up the whole view area.
#define LVS_EX_TRANSPARENTBKGND 0x00400000  // Background is painted by the parent via WM_PRINTCLIENT
#define LVS_EX_TRANSPARENTSHADOWTEXT 0x00800000  // Enable shadow text on transparent backgrounds only (useful with bitmaps)
#define LVS_EX_AUTOAUTOARRANGE  0x01000000  // Icons automatically arrange if no icon positions have been set
#define LVS_EX_HEADERINALLVIEWS 0x02000000  // Display column header in all view modes
#define LVS_EX_AUTOCHECKSELECT  0x08000000
#define LVS_EX_AUTOSIZECOLUMNS  0x10000000
#define LVS_EX_COLUMNSNAPPOINTS 0x40000000
#define LVS_EX_COLUMNOVERFLOW   0x80000000

#endif

#define LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT      (LVM_FIRST + 56)
#define ListView_GetSubItemRect(hwnd, iItem, iSubItem, code, prc) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(int)(iItem), \
                ((prc) ? ((((LPRECT)(prc))->top = (iSubItem)), (((LPRECT)(prc))->left = (code)), (LPARAM)(prc)) : (LPARAM)(LPRECT)NULL))

#define LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST      (LVM_FIRST + 57)
#define ListView_SubItemHitTest(hwnd, plvhti) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(LPLVHITTESTINFO)(plvhti))
#define ListView_SubItemHitTestEx(hwnd, plvhti) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST, (WPARAM)-1, (LPARAM)(LPLVHITTESTINFO)(plvhti))

#define LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY (LVM_FIRST + 58)
#define ListView_SetColumnOrderArray(hwnd, iCount, pi) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY, (WPARAM)(iCount), (LPARAM)(LPINT)(pi))

#define LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY (LVM_FIRST + 59)
#define ListView_GetColumnOrderArray(hwnd, iCount, pi) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY, (WPARAM)(iCount), (LPARAM)(LPINT)(pi))

#define LVM_SETHOTITEM  (LVM_FIRST + 60)
#define ListView_SetHotItem(hwnd, i) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETHOTITEM, (WPARAM)(i), 0)

#define LVM_GETHOTITEM  (LVM_FIRST + 61)
#define ListView_GetHotItem(hwnd) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETHOTITEM, 0, 0)

#define LVM_SETHOTCURSOR  (LVM_FIRST + 62)
#define ListView_SetHotCursor(hwnd, hcur) \
        (HCURSOR)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETHOTCURSOR, 0, (LPARAM)(hcur))

#define LVM_GETHOTCURSOR  (LVM_FIRST + 63)
#define ListView_GetHotCursor(hwnd) \
        (HCURSOR)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETHOTCURSOR, 0, 0)

#define LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT (LVM_FIRST + 64)
#define ListView_ApproximateViewRect(hwnd, iWidth, iHeight, iCount) \
        (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT, (WPARAM)(iCount), MAKELPARAM(iWidth, iHeight))
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

#define LV_MAX_WORKAREAS         16
#define LVM_SETWORKAREAS         (LVM_FIRST + 65)
#define ListView_SetWorkAreas(hwnd, nWorkAreas, prc) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETWORKAREAS, (WPARAM)(int)(nWorkAreas), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))

#define LVM_GETWORKAREAS        (LVM_FIRST + 70)
#define ListView_GetWorkAreas(hwnd, nWorkAreas, prc) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETWORKAREAS, (WPARAM)(int)(nWorkAreas), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))


#define LVM_GETNUMBEROFWORKAREAS  (LVM_FIRST + 73)
#define ListView_GetNumberOfWorkAreas(hwnd, pnWorkAreas) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETNUMBEROFWORKAREAS, 0, (LPARAM)(UINT *)(pnWorkAreas))


#define LVM_GETSELECTIONMARK    (LVM_FIRST + 66)
#define ListView_GetSelectionMark(hwnd) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETSELECTIONMARK, 0, 0)

#define LVM_SETSELECTIONMARK    (LVM_FIRST + 67)
#define ListView_SetSelectionMark(hwnd, i) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETSELECTIONMARK, 0, (LPARAM)(i))

#define LVM_SETHOVERTIME        (LVM_FIRST + 71)
#define ListView_SetHoverTime(hwndLV, dwHoverTimeMs)\
        (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETHOVERTIME, 0, (LPARAM)(dwHoverTimeMs))

#define LVM_GETHOVERTIME        (LVM_FIRST + 72)
#define ListView_GetHoverTime(hwndLV)\
        (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETHOVERTIME, 0, 0)

#define LVM_SETTOOLTIPS       (LVM_FIRST + 74)
#define ListView_SetToolTips(hwndLV, hwndNewHwnd)\
        (HWND)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)(hwndNewHwnd), 0)

#define LVM_GETTOOLTIPS       (LVM_FIRST + 78)
#define ListView_GetToolTips(hwndLV)\
        (HWND)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETTOOLTIPS, 0, 0)


#define LVM_SORTITEMSEX          (LVM_FIRST + 81)
#define ListView_SortItemsEx(hwndLV, _pfnCompare, _lPrm) \
  (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SORTITEMSEX, (WPARAM)(LPARAM)(_lPrm), (LPARAM)(PFNLVCOMPARE)(_pfnCompare))

typedef struct tagLVBKIMAGEA
{
    ULONG ulFlags;              // LVBKIF_*
    HBITMAP hbm;
    LPSTR pszImage;
    UINT cchImageMax;
    int xOffsetPercent;
    int yOffsetPercent;
} LVBKIMAGEA, *LPLVBKIMAGEA;
typedef struct tagLVBKIMAGEW
{
    ULONG ulFlags;              // LVBKIF_*
    HBITMAP hbm;
    LPWSTR pszImage;
    UINT cchImageMax;
    int xOffsetPercent;
    int yOffsetPercent;
} LVBKIMAGEW, *LPLVBKIMAGEW;

#define LVBKIF_SOURCE_NONE      0x00000000
#define LVBKIF_SOURCE_HBITMAP   0x00000001
#define LVBKIF_SOURCE_URL       0x00000002
#define LVBKIF_SOURCE_MASK      0x00000003
#define LVBKIF_STYLE_NORMAL     0x00000000
#define LVBKIF_STYLE_TILE       0x00000010
#define LVBKIF_STYLE_MASK       0x00000010
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define LVBKIF_FLAG_TILEOFFSET  0x00000100
#define LVBKIF_TYPE_WATERMARK   0x10000000
#define LVBKIF_FLAG_ALPHABLEND  0x20000000
#endif

#define LVM_SETBKIMAGEA         (LVM_FIRST + 68)
#define LVM_SETBKIMAGEW         (LVM_FIRST + 138)
#define LVM_GETBKIMAGEA         (LVM_FIRST + 69)
#define LVM_GETBKIMAGEW         (LVM_FIRST + 139)

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define LVM_SETSELECTEDCOLUMN         (LVM_FIRST + 140)
#define ListView_SetSelectedColumn(hwnd, iCol) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETSELECTEDCOLUMN, (WPARAM)(iCol), 0)

#define LV_VIEW_ICON            0x0000
#define LV_VIEW_DETAILS         0x0001
#define LV_VIEW_SMALLICON       0x0002
#define LV_VIEW_LIST            0x0003
#define LV_VIEW_TILE            0x0004
#define LV_VIEW_MAX             0x0004

#define LVM_SETVIEW         (LVM_FIRST + 142)
#define ListView_SetView(hwnd, iView) \
    (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETVIEW, (WPARAM)(DWORD)(iView), 0)

#define LVM_GETVIEW         (LVM_FIRST + 143)
#define ListView_GetView(hwnd) \
    (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETVIEW, 0, 0)


#define LVGF_NONE           0x00000000
#define LVGF_HEADER         0x00000001
#define LVGF_FOOTER         0x00000002
#define LVGF_STATE          0x00000004
#define LVGF_ALIGN          0x00000008
#define LVGF_GROUPID        0x00000010
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVGF_SUBTITLE           0x00000100  // pszSubtitle is valid
#define LVGF_TASK               0x00000200  // pszTask is valid
#define LVGF_DESCRIPTIONTOP     0x00000400  // pszDescriptionTop is valid
#define LVGF_DESCRIPTIONBOTTOM  0x00000800  // pszDescriptionBottom is valid
#define LVGF_TITLEIMAGE         0x00001000  // iTitleImage is valid
#define LVGF_EXTENDEDIMAGE      0x00002000  // iExtendedImage is valid
#define LVGF_ITEMS              0x00004000  // iFirstItem and cItems are valid
#define LVGF_SUBSET             0x00008000  // pszSubsetTitle is valid
#define LVGF_SUBSETITEMS        0x00010000  // readonly, cItems holds count of items in visible subset, iFirstItem is valid
#endif

#define LVGS_NORMAL             0x00000000
#define LVGS_COLLAPSED          0x00000001
#define LVGS_HIDDEN             0x00000002
#define LVGS_NOHEADER           0x00000004
#define LVGS_COLLAPSIBLE        0x00000008
#define LVGS_FOCUSED            0x00000010
#define LVGS_SELECTED           0x00000020
#define LVGS_SUBSETED           0x00000040
#define LVGS_SUBSETLINKFOCUSED  0x00000080

#define LVGA_HEADER_LEFT    0x00000001
#define LVGA_HEADER_CENTER  0x00000002
#define LVGA_HEADER_RIGHT   0x00000004  // Don't forget to validate exclusivity
#define LVGA_FOOTER_LEFT    0x00000008
#define LVGA_FOOTER_CENTER  0x00000010
#define LVGA_FOOTER_RIGHT   0x00000020  // Don't forget to validate exclusivity

typedef struct tagLVGROUP
{
    UINT    cbSize;
    UINT    mask;
    LPWSTR  pszHeader;
    int     cchHeader;

    LPWSTR  pszFooter;
    int     cchFooter;

    int     iGroupId;

    UINT    stateMask;
    UINT    state;
    UINT    uAlign;
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
    LPWSTR  pszSubtitle;
    UINT    cchSubtitle;
    LPWSTR  pszTask;
    UINT    cchTask;
    LPWSTR  pszDescriptionTop;
    UINT    cchDescriptionTop;
    LPWSTR  pszDescriptionBottom;
    UINT    cchDescriptionBottom;
    int     iTitleImage;
    int     iExtendedImage;
    int     iFirstItem;         // Read only
    UINT    cItems;             // Read only
    LPWSTR  pszSubsetTitle;     // NULL if group is not subset
    UINT    cchSubsetTitle;

#define LVGROUP_V5_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVGROUP, uAlign)

#endif
} LVGROUP, *PLVGROUP;

#define LVM_INSERTGROUP         (LVM_FIRST + 145)
#define ListView_InsertGroup(hwnd, index, pgrp) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTGROUP, (WPARAM)(index), (LPARAM)(pgrp))

#define LVM_SETGROUPINFO         (LVM_FIRST + 147)
#define ListView_SetGroupInfo(hwnd, iGroupId, pgrp) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETGROUPINFO, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), (LPARAM)(pgrp))

#define LVM_GETGROUPINFO         (LVM_FIRST + 149)
#define ListView_GetGroupInfo(hwnd, iGroupId, pgrp) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPINFO, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), (LPARAM)(pgrp))

#define LVM_REMOVEGROUP         (LVM_FIRST + 150)
#define ListView_RemoveGroup(hwnd, iGroupId) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_REMOVEGROUP, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), 0)

#define LVM_MOVEGROUP         (LVM_FIRST + 151)
#define ListView_MoveGroup(hwnd, iGroupId, toIndex) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_MOVEGROUP, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), (LPARAM)(toIndex))

#define LVM_GETGROUPCOUNT         (LVM_FIRST + 152)
#define ListView_GetGroupCount(hwnd) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPCOUNT, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)0)

#define LVM_GETGROUPINFOBYINDEX         (LVM_FIRST + 153)
#define ListView_GetGroupInfoByIndex(hwnd, iIndex, pgrp) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPINFOBYINDEX, (WPARAM)(iIndex), (LPARAM)(pgrp))

#define LVM_MOVEITEMTOGROUP            (LVM_FIRST + 154)
#define ListView_MoveItemToGroup(hwnd, idItemFrom, idGroupTo) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_MOVEITEMTOGROUP, (WPARAM)(idItemFrom), (LPARAM)(idGroupTo))

#define LVGGR_GROUP         0 // Entire expanded group
#define LVGGR_HEADER        1 // Header only (collapsed group)
#define LVGGR_LABEL         2 // Label only
#define LVGGR_SUBSETLINK    3 // subset link only

#define LVM_GETGROUPRECT               (LVM_FIRST + 98)
#define ListView_GetGroupRect(hwnd, iGroupId, type, prc) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPRECT, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), \
        ((prc) ? (((RECT*)(prc))->top = (type)), (LPARAM)(RECT*)(prc) : (LPARAM)(RECT*)NULL))

#define LVGMF_NONE          0x00000000
#define LVGMF_BORDERSIZE    0x00000001
#define LVGMF_BORDERCOLOR   0x00000002
#define LVGMF_TEXTCOLOR     0x00000004

typedef struct tagLVGROUPMETRICS
{
    UINT cbSize;
    UINT mask;
    UINT Left;
    UINT Top;
    UINT Right;
    UINT Bottom;
    COLORREF crLeft;
    COLORREF crTop;
    COLORREF crRight;
    COLORREF crBottom;
    COLORREF crHeader;
    COLORREF crFooter;
} LVGROUPMETRICS, *PLVGROUPMETRICS;

#define LVM_SETGROUPMETRICS         (LVM_FIRST + 155)
#define ListView_SetGroupMetrics(hwnd, pGroupMetrics) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETGROUPMETRICS, 0, (LPARAM)(pGroupMetrics))

#define LVM_GETGROUPMETRICS         (LVM_FIRST + 156)
#define ListView_GetGroupMetrics(hwnd, pGroupMetrics) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPMETRICS, 0, (LPARAM)(pGroupMetrics))

#define LVM_ENABLEGROUPVIEW         (LVM_FIRST + 157)
#define ListView_EnableGroupView(hwnd, fEnable) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_ENABLEGROUPVIEW, (WPARAM)(fEnable), 0)

typedef int (CALLBACK *PFNLVGROUPCOMPARE)(int, int, void *);

#define LVM_SORTGROUPS         (LVM_FIRST + 158)
#define ListView_SortGroups(hwnd, _pfnGroupCompate, _plv) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SORTGROUPS, (WPARAM)(_pfnGroupCompate), (LPARAM)(_plv))

typedef struct tagLVINSERTGROUPSORTED
{
    PFNLVGROUPCOMPARE pfnGroupCompare;
    void *pvData;
    LVGROUP lvGroup;
}LVINSERTGROUPSORTED, *PLVINSERTGROUPSORTED;

#define LVM_INSERTGROUPSORTED           (LVM_FIRST + 159)
#define ListView_InsertGroupSorted(hwnd, structInsert) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTGROUPSORTED, (WPARAM)(structInsert), 0)

#define LVM_REMOVEALLGROUPS             (LVM_FIRST + 160)
#define ListView_RemoveAllGroups(hwnd) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_REMOVEALLGROUPS, 0, 0)

#define LVM_HASGROUP                    (LVM_FIRST + 161)
#define ListView_HasGroup(hwnd, dwGroupId) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_HASGROUP, dwGroupId, 0)

#define ListView_SetGroupState(hwnd, dwGroupId, dwMask, dwState) \
{ LVGROUP _macro_lvg;\
  _macro_lvg.cbSize = sizeof(_macro_lvg);\
  _macro_lvg.mask = LVGF_STATE;\
  _macro_lvg.stateMask = dwMask;\
  _macro_lvg.state = dwState;\
  SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETGROUPINFO, (WPARAM)(dwGroupId), (LPARAM)(LVGROUP *)&_macro_lvg);\
}
#define LVM_GETGROUPSTATE               (LVM_FIRST + 92)
#define ListView_GetGroupState(hwnd, dwGroupId, dwMask) \
  (UINT) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPSTATE, (WPARAM)(dwGroupId), (LPARAM)(dwMask))

#define LVM_GETFOCUSEDGROUP             (LVM_FIRST + 93)
#define ListView_GetFocusedGroup(hwnd) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOCUSEDGROUP, 0, 0)

#define LVTVIF_AUTOSIZE       0x00000000
#define LVTVIF_FIXEDWIDTH     0x00000001
#define LVTVIF_FIXEDHEIGHT    0x00000002
#define LVTVIF_FIXEDSIZE      0x00000003
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVTVIF_EXTENDED       0x00000004
#endif

#define LVTVIM_TILESIZE       0x00000001
#define LVTVIM_COLUMNS        0x00000002
#define LVTVIM_LABELMARGIN    0x00000004

typedef struct tagLVTILEVIEWINFO
{
    UINT    cbSize;
    DWORD   dwMask;     //LVTVIM_*
    DWORD   dwFlags;    //LVTVIF_*
    SIZE    sizeTile;
    int     cLines;
    RECT    rcLabelMargin;
} LVTILEVIEWINFO, *PLVTILEVIEWINFO;

typedef struct tagLVTILEINFO
{
    UINT    cbSize;
    int     iItem;
    UINT    cColumns;
    PUINT   puColumns;
#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
    int*    piColFmt;
#endif
} LVTILEINFO, *PLVTILEINFO;

#define LVTILEINFO_V5_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVTILEINFO, puColumns)

#define LVM_SETTILEVIEWINFO                 (LVM_FIRST + 162)
#define ListView_SetTileViewInfo(hwnd, ptvi) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETTILEVIEWINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(ptvi))

#define LVM_GETTILEVIEWINFO                 (LVM_FIRST + 163)
#define ListView_GetTileViewInfo(hwnd, ptvi) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETTILEVIEWINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(ptvi))

#define LVM_SETTILEINFO                     (LVM_FIRST + 164)
#define ListView_SetTileInfo(hwnd, pti) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETTILEINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pti))

#define LVM_GETTILEINFO                     (LVM_FIRST + 165)
#define ListView_GetTileInfo(hwnd, pti) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETTILEINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pti))

typedef struct
{
    UINT cbSize;
    DWORD dwFlags;
    int iItem;
    DWORD dwReserved;
} LVINSERTMARK, * LPLVINSERTMARK;

#define LVIM_AFTER      0x00000001 // TRUE = insert After iItem, otherwise before

#define LVM_SETINSERTMARK                   (LVM_FIRST + 166)
#define ListView_SetInsertMark(hwnd, lvim) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETINSERTMARK, (WPARAM) 0, (LPARAM) (lvim))

#define LVM_GETINSERTMARK                   (LVM_FIRST + 167)
#define ListView_GetInsertMark(hwnd, lvim) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETINSERTMARK, (WPARAM) 0, (LPARAM) (lvim))

#define LVM_INSERTMARKHITTEST               (LVM_FIRST + 168)
#define ListView_InsertMarkHitTest(hwnd, point, lvim) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTMARKHITTEST, (WPARAM)(LPPOINT)(point), (LPARAM)(LPLVINSERTMARK)(lvim))

#define LVM_GETINSERTMARKRECT               (LVM_FIRST + 169)
#define ListView_GetInsertMarkRect(hwnd, rc) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETINSERTMARKRECT, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(LPRECT)(rc))

#define LVM_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR                 (LVM_FIRST + 170)
#define ListView_SetInsertMarkColor(hwnd, color) \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(color))

#define LVM_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR                 (LVM_FIRST + 171)
#define ListView_GetInsertMarkColor(hwnd) \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)0)

typedef struct tagLVSETINFOTIP
{
    UINT cbSize;
    DWORD dwFlags;
    LPWSTR pszText;
    int iItem;
    int iSubItem;
} LVSETINFOTIP, *PLVSETINFOTIP;

#define  LVM_SETINFOTIP         (LVM_FIRST + 173)

#define ListView_SetInfoTip(hwndLV, plvInfoTip)\
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETINFOTIP, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(plvInfoTip))

#define LVM_GETSELECTEDCOLUMN   (LVM_FIRST + 174)
#define ListView_GetSelectedColumn(hwnd) \
    (UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETSELECTEDCOLUMN, 0, 0)

#define LVM_ISGROUPVIEWENABLED  (LVM_FIRST + 175)
#define ListView_IsGroupViewEnabled(hwnd) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_ISGROUPVIEWENABLED, 0, 0)

#define LVM_GETOUTLINECOLOR     (LVM_FIRST + 176)
#define ListView_GetOutlineColor(hwnd) \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETOUTLINECOLOR, 0, 0)

#define LVM_SETOUTLINECOLOR     (LVM_FIRST + 177)
#define ListView_SetOutlineColor(hwnd, color) \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETOUTLINECOLOR, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(color))


#define LVM_CANCELEDITLABEL     (LVM_FIRST + 179)
#define ListView_CancelEditLabel(hwnd) \
    (VOID)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_CANCELEDITLABEL, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)0)

// These next to methods make it easy to identify an item that can be repositioned
// within listview. For example: Many developers use the lParam to store an identifier that is
// unique. Unfortunatly, in order to find this item, they have to iterate through all of the items
// in the listview. Listview will maintain a unique identifier.  The upper bound is the size of a DWORD.
#define LVM_MAPINDEXTOID     (LVM_FIRST + 180)
#define ListView_MapIndexToID(hwnd, index) \
    (UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_MAPINDEXTOID, (WPARAM)(index), (LPARAM)0)

#define LVM_MAPIDTOINDEX     (LVM_FIRST + 181)
#define ListView_MapIDToIndex(hwnd, id) \
    (UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_MAPIDTOINDEX, (WPARAM)(id), (LPARAM)0)

#define LVM_ISITEMVISIBLE    (LVM_FIRST + 182)
#define ListView_IsItemVisible(hwnd, index) \
    (UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_ISITEMVISIBLE, (WPARAM)(index), (LPARAM)0)


#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define ListView_SetGroupHeaderImageList(hwnd, himl) \
    (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETIMAGELIST, (WPARAM)LVSIL_GROUPHEADER, (LPARAM)(HIMAGELIST)(himl))

#define ListView_GetGroupHeaderImageList(hwnd) \
    (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETIMAGELIST, (WPARAM)LVSIL_GROUPHEADER, 0L)

#define LVM_GETEMPTYTEXT (LVM_FIRST + 204)
#define ListView_GetEmptyText(hwnd, pszText, cchText) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETEMPTYTEXT, (WPARAM)(cchText), (LPARAM)(pszText))

#define LVM_GETFOOTERRECT (LVM_FIRST + 205)
#define ListView_GetFooterRect(hwnd, prc) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOOTERRECT, (WPARAM)(0), (LPARAM)(prc))

// footer flags
#define LVFF_ITEMCOUNT          0x00000001

typedef struct tagLVFOOTERINFO
{
    UINT mask;          // LVFF_*
    LPWSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    UINT cItems;
} LVFOOTERINFO, *LPLVFOOTERINFO;

#define LVM_GETFOOTERINFO (LVM_FIRST + 206)
#define ListView_GetFooterInfo(hwnd, plvfi) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOOTERINFO, (WPARAM)(0), (LPARAM)(plvfi))

#define LVM_GETFOOTERITEMRECT (LVM_FIRST + 207)
#define ListView_GetFooterItemRect(hwnd, iItem, prc) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOOTERITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(iItem), (LPARAM)(prc))

// footer item flags
#define LVFIF_TEXT               0x00000001
#define LVFIF_STATE              0x00000002

// footer item state
#define LVFIS_FOCUSED            0x0001

typedef struct tagLVFOOTERITEM
{
    UINT mask;          // LVFIF_*
    int iItem;
    LPWSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    UINT state;         // LVFIS_*
    UINT stateMask;     // LVFIS_*
} LVFOOTERITEM, *LPLVFOOTERITEM;

#define LVM_GETFOOTERITEM (LVM_FIRST + 208)
#define ListView_GetFooterItem(hwnd, iItem, pfi) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOOTERITEM, (WPARAM)(iItem), (LPARAM)(pfi))

// supports a single item in multiple groups.
typedef struct tagLVITEMINDEX
{
    int iItem;          // listview item index
    int iGroup;         // group index (must be -1 if group view is not enabled)
} LVITEMINDEX, *PLVITEMINDEX;

#define LVM_GETITEMINDEXRECT    (LVM_FIRST + 209)
#define ListView_GetItemIndexRect(hwnd, plvii, iSubItem, code, prc) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETITEMINDEXRECT, (WPARAM)(LVITEMINDEX*)(plvii), \
                ((prc) ? ((((LPRECT)(prc))->top = (iSubItem)), (((LPRECT)(prc))->left = (code)), (LPARAM)(prc)) : (LPARAM)(LPRECT)NULL))

#define LVM_SETITEMINDEXSTATE   (LVM_FIRST + 210)
#define ListView_SetItemIndexState(hwndLV, plvii, data, mask) \
{ LV_ITEM _macro_lvi;\
  _macro_lvi.stateMask = (mask);\
  _macro_lvi.state = (data);\
  SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMINDEXSTATE, (WPARAM)(LVITEMINDEX*)(plvii), (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)&_macro_lvi);\
}

#define LVM_GETNEXTITEMINDEX    (LVM_FIRST + 211)
#define ListView_GetNextItemIndex(hwnd, plvii, flags) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETNEXTITEMINDEX, (WPARAM)(LVITEMINDEX*)(plvii), MAKELPARAM((flags), 0))

#endif

#endif


#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVBKIMAGE               LVBKIMAGEW
#define LPLVBKIMAGE             LPLVBKIMAGEW
#define LVM_SETBKIMAGE          LVM_SETBKIMAGEW
#define LVM_GETBKIMAGE          LVM_GETBKIMAGEW
#else
#define LVBKIMAGE               LVBKIMAGEA
#define LPLVBKIMAGE             LPLVBKIMAGEA
#define LVM_SETBKIMAGE          LVM_SETBKIMAGEA
#define LVM_GETBKIMAGE          LVM_GETBKIMAGEA
#endif

#define ListView_SetBkImage(hwnd, plvbki) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETBKIMAGE, 0, (LPARAM)(plvbki))

#define ListView_GetBkImage(hwnd, plvbki) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETBKIMAGE, 0, (LPARAM)(plvbki))


#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPNM_LISTVIEW   LPNMLISTVIEW
#define NM_LISTVIEW     NMLISTVIEW
#else
#define tagNMLISTVIEW   _NM_LISTVIEW
#define    NMLISTVIEW    NM_LISTVIEW
#define  LPNMLISTVIEW  LPNM_LISTVIEW
#endif

typedef struct tagNMLISTVIEW
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     iItem;
    int     iSubItem;
    UINT    uNewState;
    UINT    uOldState;
    UINT    uChanged;
    POINT   ptAction;
    LPARAM  lParam;
} NMLISTVIEW, *LPNMLISTVIEW;


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x400)
// NMITEMACTIVATE is used instead of NMLISTVIEW in IE >= 0x400
// therefore all the fields are the same except for extra uKeyFlags
// they are used to store key flags at the time of the single click with
// delayed activation - because by the time the timer goes off a user may
// not hold the keys (shift, ctrl) any more
typedef struct tagNMITEMACTIVATE
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     iItem;
    int     iSubItem;
    UINT    uNewState;
    UINT    uOldState;
    UINT    uChanged;
    POINT   ptAction;
    LPARAM  lParam;
    UINT    uKeyFlags;
} NMITEMACTIVATE, *LPNMITEMACTIVATE;

// key flags stored in uKeyFlags
#define LVKF_ALT       0x0001
#define LVKF_CONTROL   0x0002
#define LVKF_SHIFT     0x0004
#endif //(_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define NMLVCUSTOMDRAW_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(NMLVCUSTOMDRAW, clrTextBk)

typedef struct tagNMLVCUSTOMDRAW
{
    NMCUSTOMDRAW nmcd;
    COLORREF clrText;
    COLORREF clrTextBk;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
    int iSubItem;
#endif
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
    DWORD dwItemType;

    // Item custom draw
    COLORREF clrFace;
    int iIconEffect;
    int iIconPhase;
    int iPartId;
    int iStateId;

    // Group Custom Draw
    RECT rcText;
    UINT uAlign;      // Alignment. Use LVGA_HEADER_CENTER, LVGA_HEADER_RIGHT, LVGA_HEADER_LEFT
#endif
} NMLVCUSTOMDRAW, *LPNMLVCUSTOMDRAW;

// dwItemType
#define LVCDI_ITEM      0x00000000
#define LVCDI_GROUP     0x00000001

// ListView custom draw return values
#define LVCDRF_NOSELECT             0x00010000
#define LVCDRF_NOGROUPFRAME         0x00020000


typedef struct tagNMLVCACHEHINT
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     iFrom;
    int     iTo;
} NMLVCACHEHINT, *LPNMLVCACHEHINT;

#define LPNM_CACHEHINT  LPNMLVCACHEHINT
#define PNM_CACHEHINT   LPNMLVCACHEHINT
#define NM_CACHEHINT    NMLVCACHEHINT

typedef struct tagNMLVFINDITEMA
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     iStart;
    LVFINDINFOA lvfi;
} NMLVFINDITEMA, *LPNMLVFINDITEMA;

typedef struct tagNMLVFINDITEMW
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     iStart;
    LVFINDINFOW lvfi;
} NMLVFINDITEMW, *LPNMLVFINDITEMW;

#define PNM_FINDITEMA   LPNMLVFINDITEMA
#define LPNM_FINDITEMA  LPNMLVFINDITEMA
#define NM_FINDITEMA    NMLVFINDITEMA

#define PNM_FINDITEMW   LPNMLVFINDITEMW
#define LPNM_FINDITEMW  LPNMLVFINDITEMW
#define NM_FINDITEMW    NMLVFINDITEMW

#ifdef UNICODE
#define PNM_FINDITEM    PNM_FINDITEMW
#define LPNM_FINDITEM   LPNM_FINDITEMW
#define NM_FINDITEM     NM_FINDITEMW
#define NMLVFINDITEM    NMLVFINDITEMW
#define LPNMLVFINDITEM  LPNMLVFINDITEMW
#else
#define PNM_FINDITEM    PNM_FINDITEMA
#define LPNM_FINDITEM   LPNM_FINDITEMA
#define NM_FINDITEM     NM_FINDITEMA
#define NMLVFINDITEM    NMLVFINDITEMA
#define LPNMLVFINDITEM  LPNMLVFINDITEMA
#endif

typedef struct tagNMLVODSTATECHANGE
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    int iFrom;
    int iTo;
    UINT uNewState;
    UINT uOldState;
} NMLVODSTATECHANGE, *LPNMLVODSTATECHANGE;

#define PNM_ODSTATECHANGE   LPNMLVODSTATECHANGE
#define LPNM_ODSTATECHANGE  LPNMLVODSTATECHANGE
#define NM_ODSTATECHANGE    NMLVODSTATECHANGE
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300


#define LVN_ITEMCHANGING        (LVN_FIRST-0)
#define LVN_ITEMCHANGED         (LVN_FIRST-1)
#define LVN_INSERTITEM          (LVN_FIRST-2)
#define LVN_DELETEITEM          (LVN_FIRST-3)
#define LVN_DELETEALLITEMS      (LVN_FIRST-4)
#define LVN_BEGINLABELEDITA     (LVN_FIRST-5)
#define LVN_BEGINLABELEDITW     (LVN_FIRST-75)
#define LVN_ENDLABELEDITA       (LVN_FIRST-6)
#define LVN_ENDLABELEDITW       (LVN_FIRST-76)
#define LVN_COLUMNCLICK         (LVN_FIRST-8)
#define LVN_BEGINDRAG           (LVN_FIRST-9)
#define LVN_BEGINRDRAG          (LVN_FIRST-11)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVN_ODCACHEHINT         (LVN_FIRST-13)
#define LVN_ODFINDITEMA         (LVN_FIRST-52)
#define LVN_ODFINDITEMW         (LVN_FIRST-79)

#define LVN_ITEMACTIVATE        (LVN_FIRST-14)
#define LVN_ODSTATECHANGED      (LVN_FIRST-15)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVN_ODFINDITEM          LVN_ODFINDITEMW
#else
#define LVN_ODFINDITEM          LVN_ODFINDITEMA
#endif
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define LVN_HOTTRACK            (LVN_FIRST-21)
#endif

#define LVN_GETDISPINFOA        (LVN_FIRST-50)
#define LVN_GETDISPINFOW        (LVN_FIRST-77)
#define LVN_SETDISPINFOA        (LVN_FIRST-51)
#define LVN_SETDISPINFOW        (LVN_FIRST-78)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVN_BEGINLABELEDIT      LVN_BEGINLABELEDITW
#define LVN_ENDLABELEDIT        LVN_ENDLABELEDITW
#define LVN_GETDISPINFO         LVN_GETDISPINFOW
#define LVN_SETDISPINFO         LVN_SETDISPINFOW
#else
#define LVN_BEGINLABELEDIT      LVN_BEGINLABELEDITA
#define LVN_ENDLABELEDIT        LVN_ENDLABELEDITA
#define LVN_GETDISPINFO         LVN_GETDISPINFOA
#define LVN_SETDISPINFO         LVN_SETDISPINFOA
#endif


#define LVIF_DI_SETITEM         0x1000

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LV_DISPINFOA    NMLVDISPINFOA
#define LV_DISPINFOW    NMLVDISPINFOW
#else
#define tagLVDISPINFO   _LV_DISPINFO
#define NMLVDISPINFOA    LV_DISPINFOA
#define tagLVDISPINFOW  _LV_DISPINFOW
#define NMLVDISPINFOW    LV_DISPINFOW
#endif

#define LV_DISPINFO     NMLVDISPINFO

typedef struct tagLVDISPINFO {
    NMHDR hdr;
    LVITEMA item;
} NMLVDISPINFOA, *LPNMLVDISPINFOA;

typedef struct tagLVDISPINFOW {
    NMHDR hdr;
    LVITEMW item;
} NMLVDISPINFOW, *LPNMLVDISPINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  NMLVDISPINFO           NMLVDISPINFOW
#else
#define  NMLVDISPINFO           NMLVDISPINFOA
#endif

#define LVN_KEYDOWN             (LVN_FIRST-55)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LV_KEYDOWN              NMLVKEYDOWN
#else
#define tagLVKEYDOWN            _LV_KEYDOWN
#define NMLVKEYDOWN              LV_KEYDOWN
#endif

typedef struct tagLVKEYDOWN
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    WORD wVKey;
    UINT flags;
} NMLVKEYDOWN, *LPNMLVKEYDOWN;


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LVN_MARQUEEBEGIN        (LVN_FIRST-56)
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
typedef struct tagNMLVLINK
{
    NMHDR       hdr;
    LITEM       link;
    int         iItem;
    int         iSubItem;
} NMLVLINK,  *PNMLVLINK;
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
typedef struct tagNMLVGETINFOTIPA
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    DWORD dwFlags;
    LPSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iItem;
    int iSubItem;
    LPARAM lParam;
} NMLVGETINFOTIPA, *LPNMLVGETINFOTIPA;

typedef struct tagNMLVGETINFOTIPW
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    DWORD dwFlags;
    LPWSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iItem;
    int iSubItem;
    LPARAM lParam;
} NMLVGETINFOTIPW, *LPNMLVGETINFOTIPW;

// NMLVGETINFOTIPA.dwFlag values

#define LVGIT_UNFOLDED  0x0001

#define LVN_GETINFOTIPA          (LVN_FIRST-57)
#define LVN_GETINFOTIPW          (LVN_FIRST-58)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVN_GETINFOTIP          LVN_GETINFOTIPW
#define NMLVGETINFOTIP          NMLVGETINFOTIPW
#define LPNMLVGETINFOTIP        LPNMLVGETINFOTIPW
#else
#define LVN_GETINFOTIP          LVN_GETINFOTIPA
#define NMLVGETINFOTIP          NMLVGETINFOTIPA
#define LPNMLVGETINFOTIP        LPNMLVGETINFOTIPA
#endif


#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)

//
//  LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCH gives the app the opportunity to customize
//  incremental search.  For example, if the items are numeric,
//  the app can do numerical search instead of string search.
//
//  ListView notifies the app with NMLVFINDITEM.
//  The app sets pnmfi->lvfi.lParam to the result of the incremental search,
//  or to LVNSCH_DEFAULT if ListView should do the default search,
//  or to LVNSCH_ERROR to fail the search and just beep,
//  or to LVNSCH_IGNORE to stop all ListView processing.
//
//  The return value is not used.

#define LVNSCH_DEFAULT  -1
#define LVNSCH_ERROR    -2
#define LVNSCH_IGNORE   -3

#define LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCHA   (LVN_FIRST-62)
#define LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCHW   (LVN_FIRST-63)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCH    LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCHW
#else
#define LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCH    LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCHA
#endif

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0500

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVN_COLUMNDROPDOWN       (LVN_FIRST-64)


#define LVN_COLUMNOVERFLOWCLICK  (LVN_FIRST-66)

#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
typedef struct tagNMLVSCROLL
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     dx;
    int     dy;
} NMLVSCROLL, *LPNMLVSCROLL;

#define LVN_BEGINSCROLL          (LVN_FIRST-80)
#define LVN_ENDSCROLL            (LVN_FIRST-81)
#endif


#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define LVN_LINKCLICK           (LVN_FIRST-84)


#define EMF_CENTERED            0x00000001  // render markup centered in the listview area

typedef struct tagNMLVEMPTYMARKUP
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    // out params from client back to listview
    DWORD dwFlags;                      // EMF_*
    WCHAR szMarkup[L_MAX_URL_LENGTH];   // markup displayed
} NMLVEMPTYMARKUP;

#define LVN_GETEMPTYMARKUP      (LVN_FIRST-87)


#endif

#endif // NOLISTVIEW

//====== TREEVIEW CONTROL =====================================================

#ifndef NOTREEVIEW

#ifdef _WIN32
#define WC_TREEVIEWA            "SysTreeView32"
#define WC_TREEVIEWW            L"SysTreeView32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  WC_TREEVIEW            WC_TREEVIEWW
#else
#define  WC_TREEVIEW            WC_TREEVIEWA
#endif

#else
#define WC_TREEVIEW             "SysTreeView"
#endif

// begin_r_commctrl

#define TVS_HASBUTTONS          0x0001
#define TVS_HASLINES            0x0002
#define TVS_LINESATROOT         0x0004
#define TVS_EDITLABELS          0x0008
#define TVS_DISABLEDRAGDROP     0x0010
#define TVS_SHOWSELALWAYS       0x0020
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TVS_RTLREADING          0x0040

#define TVS_NOTOOLTIPS          0x0080
#define TVS_CHECKBOXES          0x0100
#define TVS_TRACKSELECT         0x0200
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TVS_SINGLEEXPAND        0x0400
#define TVS_INFOTIP             0x0800
#define TVS_FULLROWSELECT       0x1000
#define TVS_NOSCROLL            0x2000
#define TVS_NONEVENHEIGHT       0x4000
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x500)
#define TVS_NOHSCROLL           0x8000  // TVS_NOSCROLL overrides this
#endif
#endif


#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define TVS_EX_MULTISELECT          0x0002
#define TVS_EX_DOUBLEBUFFER         0x0004
#define TVS_EX_NOINDENTSTATE        0x0008
#define TVS_EX_RICHTOOLTIP          0x0010
#define TVS_EX_AUTOHSCROLL          0x0020
#define TVS_EX_FADEINOUTEXPANDOS    0x0040
#define TVS_EX_PARTIALCHECKBOXES    0x0080
#define TVS_EX_EXCLUSIONCHECKBOXES  0x0100
#define TVS_EX_DIMMEDCHECKBOXES     0x0200
#define TVS_EX_DRAWIMAGEASYNC       0x0400
#endif

// end_r_commctrl

struct _TREEITEM;
typedef struct _TREEITEM *HTREEITEM;

#define TVIF_TEXT               0x0001
#define TVIF_IMAGE              0x0002
#define TVIF_PARAM              0x0004
#define TVIF_STATE              0x0008
#define TVIF_HANDLE             0x0010
#define TVIF_SELECTEDIMAGE      0x0020
#define TVIF_CHILDREN           0x0040
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TVIF_INTEGRAL           0x0080
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TVIF_STATEEX            0x0100
#define TVIF_EXPANDEDIMAGE      0x0200
#endif
#define TVIS_SELECTED           0x0002
#define TVIS_CUT                0x0004
#define TVIS_DROPHILITED        0x0008
#define TVIS_BOLD               0x0010
#define TVIS_EXPANDED           0x0020
#define TVIS_EXPANDEDONCE       0x0040
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TVIS_EXPANDPARTIAL      0x0080
#endif

#define TVIS_OVERLAYMASK        0x0F00
#define TVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK     0xF000
#define TVIS_USERMASK           0xF000

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TVIS_EX_FLAT            0x0001
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define TVIS_EX_DISABLED        0x0002
#endif
#define TVIS_EX_ALL             0x0002

// Structure for TreeView's NM_TVSTATEIMAGECHANGING notification
typedef struct tagNMTVSTATEIMAGECHANGING
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    HTREEITEM hti;
    int iOldStateImageIndex;
    int iNewStateImageIndex;
} NMTVSTATEIMAGECHANGING, *LPNMTVSTATEIMAGECHANGING;
#endif

#define I_CHILDRENCALLBACK  (-1)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPTV_ITEMW              LPTVITEMW
#define LPTV_ITEMA              LPTVITEMA
#define TV_ITEMW                TVITEMW
#define TV_ITEMA                TVITEMA
#else
#define tagTVITEMA             _TV_ITEMA
#define    TVITEMA              TV_ITEMA
#define  LPTVITEMA            LPTV_ITEMA
#define tagTVITEMW             _TV_ITEMW
#define    TVITEMW              TV_ITEMW
#define  LPTVITEMW            LPTV_ITEMW
#endif

#define LPTV_ITEM               LPTVITEM
#define TV_ITEM                 TVITEM

typedef struct tagTVITEMA {
    UINT      mask;
    HTREEITEM hItem;
    UINT      state;
    UINT      stateMask;
    LPSTR     pszText;
    int       cchTextMax;
    int       iImage;
    int       iSelectedImage;
    int       cChildren;
    LPARAM    lParam;
} TVITEMA, *LPTVITEMA;

typedef struct tagTVITEMW {
    UINT      mask;
    HTREEITEM hItem;
    UINT      state;
    UINT      stateMask;
    LPWSTR    pszText;
    int       cchTextMax;
    int       iImage;
    int       iSelectedImage;
    int       cChildren;
    LPARAM    lParam;
} TVITEMW, *LPTVITEMW;

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
// only used for Get and Set messages.  no notifies
typedef struct tagTVITEMEXA {
    UINT      mask;
    HTREEITEM hItem;
    UINT      state;
    UINT      stateMask;
    LPSTR     pszText;
    int       cchTextMax;
    int       iImage;
    int       iSelectedImage;
    int       cChildren;
    LPARAM    lParam;
    int       iIntegral;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
    UINT      uStateEx;
    HWND      hwnd;
    int       iExpandedImage;
#endif
} TVITEMEXA, *LPTVITEMEXA;
// only used for Get and Set messages.  no notifies
typedef struct tagTVITEMEXW {
    UINT      mask;
    HTREEITEM hItem;
    UINT      state;
    UINT      stateMask;
    LPWSTR    pszText;
    int       cchTextMax;
    int       iImage;
    int       iSelectedImage;
    int       cChildren;
    LPARAM    lParam;
    int       iIntegral;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
    UINT      uStateEx;
    HWND      hwnd;
    int       iExpandedImage;
#endif
} TVITEMEXW, *LPTVITEMEXW;
#ifdef UNICODE
typedef TVITEMEXW TVITEMEX;
typedef LPTVITEMEXW LPTVITEMEX;
#else
typedef TVITEMEXA TVITEMEX;
typedef LPTVITEMEXA LPTVITEMEX;
#endif // UNICODE

#endif

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  TVITEM                 TVITEMW
#define  LPTVITEM               LPTVITEMW
#else
#define  TVITEM                 TVITEMA
#define  LPTVITEM               LPTVITEMA
#endif


#define TVI_ROOT                ((HTREEITEM)(ULONG_PTR)-0x10000)
#define TVI_FIRST               ((HTREEITEM)(ULONG_PTR)-0x0FFFF)
#define TVI_LAST                ((HTREEITEM)(ULONG_PTR)-0x0FFFE)
#define TVI_SORT                ((HTREEITEM)(ULONG_PTR)-0x0FFFD)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPTV_INSERTSTRUCTA      LPTVINSERTSTRUCTA
#define LPTV_INSERTSTRUCTW      LPTVINSERTSTRUCTW
#define TV_INSERTSTRUCTA        TVINSERTSTRUCTA
#define TV_INSERTSTRUCTW        TVINSERTSTRUCTW
#else
#define tagTVINSERTSTRUCTA     _TV_INSERTSTRUCTA
#define    TVINSERTSTRUCTA      TV_INSERTSTRUCTA
#define  LPTVINSERTSTRUCTA    LPTV_INSERTSTRUCTA
#define tagTVINSERTSTRUCTW     _TV_INSERTSTRUCTW
#define    TVINSERTSTRUCTW      TV_INSERTSTRUCTW
#define  LPTVINSERTSTRUCTW    LPTV_INSERTSTRUCTW
#endif

#define TV_INSERTSTRUCT         TVINSERTSTRUCT
#define LPTV_INSERTSTRUCT       LPTVINSERTSTRUCT


#define TVINSERTSTRUCTA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TVINSERTSTRUCTA, item)
#define TVINSERTSTRUCTW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TVINSERTSTRUCTW, item)

typedef struct tagTVINSERTSTRUCTA {
    HTREEITEM hParent;
    HTREEITEM hInsertAfter;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
    union
    {
        TVITEMEXA itemex;
        TV_ITEMA  item;
    } DUMMYUNIONNAME;
#else
    TV_ITEMA item;
#endif
} TVINSERTSTRUCTA, *LPTVINSERTSTRUCTA;

typedef struct tagTVINSERTSTRUCTW {
    HTREEITEM hParent;
    HTREEITEM hInsertAfter;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
    union
    {
        TVITEMEXW itemex;
        TV_ITEMW  item;
    } DUMMYUNIONNAME;
#else
    TV_ITEMW item;
#endif
} TVINSERTSTRUCTW, *LPTVINSERTSTRUCTW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  TVINSERTSTRUCT         TVINSERTSTRUCTW
#define  LPTVINSERTSTRUCT       LPTVINSERTSTRUCTW
#define TVINSERTSTRUCT_V1_SIZE TVINSERTSTRUCTW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define  TVINSERTSTRUCT         TVINSERTSTRUCTA
#define  LPTVINSERTSTRUCT       LPTVINSERTSTRUCTA
#define TVINSERTSTRUCT_V1_SIZE TVINSERTSTRUCTA_V1_SIZE
#endif

#define TVM_INSERTITEMA         (TV_FIRST + 0)
#define TVM_INSERTITEMW         (TV_FIRST + 50)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define  TVM_INSERTITEM         TVM_INSERTITEMW
#else
#define  TVM_INSERTITEM         TVM_INSERTITEMA
#endif

#define TreeView_InsertItem(hwnd, lpis) \
    (HTREEITEM)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_INSERTITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTV_INSERTSTRUCT)(lpis))


#define TVM_DELETEITEM          (TV_FIRST + 1)
#define TreeView_DeleteItem(hwnd, hitem) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_DELETEITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))


#define TreeView_DeleteAllItems(hwnd) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_DELETEITEM, 0, (LPARAM)TVI_ROOT)


#define TVM_EXPAND              (TV_FIRST + 2)
#define TreeView_Expand(hwnd, hitem, code) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_EXPAND, (WPARAM)(code), (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))


#define TVE_COLLAPSE            0x0001
#define TVE_EXPAND              0x0002
#define TVE_TOGGLE              0x0003
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TVE_EXPANDPARTIAL       0x4000
#endif
#define TVE_COLLAPSERESET       0x8000


#define TVM_GETITEMRECT         (TV_FIRST + 4)
#define TreeView_GetItemRect(hwnd, hitem, prc, code) \
    (*(HTREEITEM *)(prc) = (hitem), (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(code), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc)))


#define TVM_GETCOUNT            (TV_FIRST + 5)
#define TreeView_GetCount(hwnd) \
    (UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETCOUNT, 0, 0)


#define TVM_GETINDENT           (TV_FIRST + 6)
#define TreeView_GetIndent(hwnd) \
    (UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETINDENT, 0, 0)


#define TVM_SETINDENT           (TV_FIRST + 7)
#define TreeView_SetIndent(hwnd, indent) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETINDENT, (WPARAM)(indent), 0)


#define TVM_GETIMAGELIST        (TV_FIRST + 8)
#define TreeView_GetImageList(hwnd, iImage) \
    (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETIMAGELIST, iImage, 0)


#define TVSIL_NORMAL            0
#define TVSIL_STATE             2


#define TVM_SETIMAGELIST        (TV_FIRST + 9)
#define TreeView_SetImageList(hwnd, himl, iImage) \
    (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETIMAGELIST, iImage, (LPARAM)(HIMAGELIST)(himl))


#define TVM_GETNEXTITEM         (TV_FIRST + 10)
#define TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, code) \
    (HTREEITEM)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETNEXTITEM, (WPARAM)(code), (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))


#define TVGN_ROOT               0x0000
#define TVGN_NEXT               0x0001
#define TVGN_PREVIOUS           0x0002
#define TVGN_PARENT             0x0003
#define TVGN_CHILD              0x0004
#define TVGN_FIRSTVISIBLE       0x0005
#define TVGN_NEXTVISIBLE        0x0006
#define TVGN_PREVIOUSVISIBLE    0x0007
#define TVGN_DROPHILITE         0x0008
#define TVGN_CARET              0x0009
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TVGN_LASTVISIBLE        0x000A
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TVGN_NEXTSELECTED       0x000B
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TVSI_NOSINGLEEXPAND    0x8000 // Should not conflict with TVGN flags.
#endif

#define TreeView_GetChild(hwnd, hitem)          TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_CHILD)
#define TreeView_GetNextSibling(hwnd, hitem)    TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_NEXT)
#define TreeView_GetPrevSibling(hwnd, hitem)    TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_PREVIOUS)
#define TreeView_GetParent(hwnd, hitem)         TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_PARENT)
#define TreeView_GetFirstVisible(hwnd)          TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL,  TVGN_FIRSTVISIBLE)
#define TreeView_GetNextVisible(hwnd, hitem)    TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_NEXTVISIBLE)
#define TreeView_GetPrevVisible(hwnd, hitem)    TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_PREVIOUSVISIBLE)
#define TreeView_GetSelection(hwnd)             TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL,  TVGN_CARET)
#define TreeView_GetDropHilight(hwnd)           TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL,  TVGN_DROPHILITE)
#define TreeView_GetRoot(hwnd)                  TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL,  TVGN_ROOT)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TreeView_GetLastVisible(hwnd)           TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL,  TVGN_LASTVISIBLE)
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TreeView_GetNextSelected(hwnd, hitem)   TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem,  TVGN_NEXTSELECTED)
#endif

#define TVM_SELECTITEM          (TV_FIRST + 11)
#define TreeView_Select(hwnd, hitem, code) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SELECTITEM, (WPARAM)(code), (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))


#define TreeView_SelectItem(hwnd, hitem)            TreeView_Select(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_CARET)
#define TreeView_SelectDropTarget(hwnd, hitem)      TreeView_Select(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_DROPHILITE)
#define TreeView_SelectSetFirstVisible(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_Select(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_FIRSTVISIBLE)

#define TVM_GETITEMA            (TV_FIRST + 12)
#define TVM_GETITEMW            (TV_FIRST + 62)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  TVM_GETITEM            TVM_GETITEMW
#else
#define  TVM_GETITEM            TVM_GETITEMA
#endif

#define TreeView_GetItem(hwnd, pitem) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(TV_ITEM *)(pitem))


#define TVM_SETITEMA            (TV_FIRST + 13)
#define TVM_SETITEMW            (TV_FIRST + 63)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  TVM_SETITEM            TVM_SETITEMW
#else
#define  TVM_SETITEM            TVM_SETITEMA
#endif

#define TreeView_SetItem(hwnd, pitem) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(const TV_ITEM *)(pitem))


#define TVM_EDITLABELA          (TV_FIRST + 14)
#define TVM_EDITLABELW          (TV_FIRST + 65)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVM_EDITLABEL           TVM_EDITLABELW
#else
#define TVM_EDITLABEL           TVM_EDITLABELA
#endif

#define TreeView_EditLabel(hwnd, hitem) \
    (HWND)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_EDITLABEL, 0, (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))


#define TVM_GETEDITCONTROL      (TV_FIRST + 15)
#define TreeView_GetEditControl(hwnd) \
    (HWND)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETEDITCONTROL, 0, 0)


#define TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT     (TV_FIRST + 16)
#define TreeView_GetVisibleCount(hwnd) \
    (UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT, 0, 0)


#define TVM_HITTEST             (TV_FIRST + 17)
#define TreeView_HitTest(hwnd, lpht) \
    (HTREEITEM)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTV_HITTESTINFO)(lpht))


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPTV_HITTESTINFO   LPTVHITTESTINFO
#define   TV_HITTESTINFO     TVHITTESTINFO
#else
#define tagTVHITTESTINFO    _TV_HITTESTINFO
#define    TVHITTESTINFO     TV_HITTESTINFO
#define  LPTVHITTESTINFO   LPTV_HITTESTINFO
#endif

typedef struct tagTVHITTESTINFO {
    POINT       pt;
    UINT        flags;
    HTREEITEM   hItem;
} TVHITTESTINFO, *LPTVHITTESTINFO;

#define TVHT_NOWHERE            0x0001
#define TVHT_ONITEMICON         0x0002
#define TVHT_ONITEMLABEL        0x0004
#define TVHT_ONITEM             (TVHT_ONITEMICON | TVHT_ONITEMLABEL | TVHT_ONITEMSTATEICON)
#define TVHT_ONITEMINDENT       0x0008
#define TVHT_ONITEMBUTTON       0x0010
#define TVHT_ONITEMRIGHT        0x0020
#define TVHT_ONITEMSTATEICON    0x0040

#define TVHT_ABOVE              0x0100
#define TVHT_BELOW              0x0200
#define TVHT_TORIGHT            0x0400
#define TVHT_TOLEFT             0x0800


#define TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE     (TV_FIRST + 18)
#define TreeView_CreateDragImage(hwnd, hitem) \
    (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE, 0, (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))


#define TVM_SORTCHILDREN        (TV_FIRST + 19)
#define TreeView_SortChildren(hwnd, hitem, recurse) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SORTCHILDREN, (WPARAM)(recurse), (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))


#define TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE       (TV_FIRST + 20)
#define TreeView_EnsureVisible(hwnd, hitem) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE, 0, (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))


#define TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB      (TV_FIRST + 21)
#define TreeView_SortChildrenCB(hwnd, psort, recurse) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB, (WPARAM)(recurse), \
    (LPARAM)(LPTV_SORTCB)(psort))


#define TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW     (TV_FIRST + 22)
#define TreeView_EndEditLabelNow(hwnd, fCancel) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW, (WPARAM)(fCancel), 0)


#define TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA   (TV_FIRST + 23)
#define TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW   (TV_FIRST + 64)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVM_GETISEARCHSTRING     TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW
#else
#define TVM_GETISEARCHSTRING     TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TVM_SETTOOLTIPS         (TV_FIRST + 24)
#define TreeView_SetToolTips(hwnd,  hwndTT) \
    (HWND)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)(hwndTT), 0)
#define TVM_GETTOOLTIPS         (TV_FIRST + 25)
#define TreeView_GetToolTips(hwnd) \
    (HWND)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETTOOLTIPS, 0, 0)
#endif

#define TreeView_GetISearchString(hwndTV, lpsz) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndTV), TVM_GETISEARCHSTRING, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)(lpsz))

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TVM_SETINSERTMARK       (TV_FIRST + 26)
#define TreeView_SetInsertMark(hwnd, hItem, fAfter) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETINSERTMARK, (WPARAM) (fAfter), (LPARAM) (hItem))

#define TVM_SETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TreeView_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode)  \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)

#define TVM_GETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TreeView_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd)  \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)

#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TVM_SETITEMHEIGHT         (TV_FIRST + 27)
#define TreeView_SetItemHeight(hwnd,  iHeight) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETITEMHEIGHT, (WPARAM)(iHeight), 0)
#define TVM_GETITEMHEIGHT         (TV_FIRST + 28)
#define TreeView_GetItemHeight(hwnd) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETITEMHEIGHT, 0, 0)

#define TVM_SETBKCOLOR              (TV_FIRST + 29)
#define TreeView_SetBkColor(hwnd, clr) \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))

#define TVM_SETTEXTCOLOR              (TV_FIRST + 30)
#define TreeView_SetTextColor(hwnd, clr) \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETTEXTCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))

#define TVM_GETBKCOLOR              (TV_FIRST + 31)
#define TreeView_GetBkColor(hwnd) \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETBKCOLOR, 0, 0)

#define TVM_GETTEXTCOLOR              (TV_FIRST + 32)
#define TreeView_GetTextColor(hwnd) \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETTEXTCOLOR, 0, 0)

#define TVM_SETSCROLLTIME              (TV_FIRST + 33)
#define TreeView_SetScrollTime(hwnd, uTime) \
    (UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETSCROLLTIME, uTime, 0)

#define TVM_GETSCROLLTIME              (TV_FIRST + 34)
#define TreeView_GetScrollTime(hwnd) \
    (UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETSCROLLTIME, 0, 0)


#define TVM_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR              (TV_FIRST + 37)
#define TreeView_SetInsertMarkColor(hwnd, clr) \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))
#define TVM_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR              (TV_FIRST + 38)
#define TreeView_GetInsertMarkColor(hwnd) \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR, 0, 0)

#endif  /* (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400) */

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
// tvm_?etitemstate only uses mask, state and stateMask.
// so unicode or ansi is irrelevant.
#define TreeView_SetItemState(hwndTV, hti, data, _mask) \
{ TVITEM _ms_TVi;\
  _ms_TVi.mask = TVIF_STATE; \
  _ms_TVi.hItem = (hti); \
  _ms_TVi.stateMask = (_mask);\
  _ms_TVi.state = (data);\
  SNDMSG((hwndTV), TVM_SETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(TV_ITEM *)&_ms_TVi);\
}

#define TreeView_SetCheckState(hwndTV, hti, fCheck) \
  TreeView_SetItemState(hwndTV, hti, INDEXTOSTATEIMAGEMASK((fCheck)?2:1), TVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK)

#define TVM_GETITEMSTATE        (TV_FIRST + 39)
#define TreeView_GetItemState(hwndTV, hti, mask) \
   (UINT)SNDMSG((hwndTV), TVM_GETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(hti), (LPARAM)(mask))

#define TreeView_GetCheckState(hwndTV, hti) \
   ((((UINT)(SNDMSG((hwndTV), TVM_GETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(hti), TVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK))) >> 12) -1)


#define TVM_SETLINECOLOR            (TV_FIRST + 40)
#define TreeView_SetLineColor(hwnd, clr) \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETLINECOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))

#define TVM_GETLINECOLOR            (TV_FIRST + 41)
#define TreeView_GetLineColor(hwnd) \
    (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETLINECOLOR, 0, 0)

#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define TVM_MAPACCIDTOHTREEITEM     (TV_FIRST + 42)
#define TreeView_MapAccIDToHTREEITEM(hwnd, id) \
    (HTREEITEM)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_MAPACCIDTOHTREEITEM, id, 0)

#define TVM_MAPHTREEITEMTOACCID     (TV_FIRST + 43)
#define TreeView_MapHTREEITEMToAccID(hwnd, htreeitem) \
    (UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_MAPHTREEITEMTOACCID, (WPARAM)(htreeitem), 0)

#define TVM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE      (TV_FIRST + 44)
#define TreeView_SetExtendedStyle(hwnd, dw, mask) \
    (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, mask, dw)

#define TVM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE      (TV_FIRST + 45)
#define TreeView_GetExtendedStyle(hwnd) \
    (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0, 0)


#define TVM_SETAUTOSCROLLINFO   (TV_FIRST + 59)
#define TreeView_SetAutoScrollInfo(hwnd, uPixPerSec, uUpdateTime) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETAUTOSCROLLINFO, (WPARAM)(uPixPerSec), (LPARAM)(uUpdateTime))
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define TVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT       (TV_FIRST + 70)
#define TreeView_GetSelectedCount(hwnd) \
    (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT, 0, 0)

#define TVM_SHOWINFOTIP            (TV_FIRST + 71)
#define TreeView_ShowInfoTip(hwnd, hitem) \
    (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SHOWINFOTIP, 0, (LPARAM)(hitem))

typedef enum _TVITEMPART
{
	TVGIPR_BUTTON  = 0x0001,
} TVITEMPART;

typedef struct tagTVGETITEMPARTRECTINFO {
    HTREEITEM hti;
    RECT*     prc;
    TVITEMPART partID;
} TVGETITEMPARTRECTINFO;

#define TVM_GETITEMPARTRECT         (TV_FIRST + 72)
#define TreeView_GetItemPartRect(hwnd, hitem, prc, partid) \
{ TVGETITEMPARTRECTINFO info; \
  info.hti = (hitem); \
  info.prc = (prc); \
  info.partID = (partid); \
  (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETITEMPARTRECT, 0, (LPARAM)&info); \
}

#endif

typedef int (CALLBACK *PFNTVCOMPARE)(LPARAM lParam1, LPARAM lParam2, LPARAM lParamSort);

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPTV_SORTCB    LPTVSORTCB
#define   TV_SORTCB      TVSORTCB
#else
#define tagTVSORTCB    _TV_SORTCB
#define    TVSORTCB     TV_SORTCB
#define  LPTVSORTCB   LPTV_SORTCB
#endif

typedef struct tagTVSORTCB
{
    HTREEITEM       hParent;
    PFNTVCOMPARE    lpfnCompare;
    LPARAM          lParam;
} TVSORTCB, *LPTVSORTCB;


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPNM_TREEVIEWA          LPNMTREEVIEWA
#define LPNM_TREEVIEWW          LPNMTREEVIEWW
#define NM_TREEVIEWW            NMTREEVIEWW
#define NM_TREEVIEWA            NMTREEVIEWA
#else
#define tagNMTREEVIEWA          _NM_TREEVIEWA
#define tagNMTREEVIEWW          _NM_TREEVIEWW
#define NMTREEVIEWA             NM_TREEVIEWA
#define NMTREEVIEWW             NM_TREEVIEWW
#define LPNMTREEVIEWA           LPNM_TREEVIEWA
#define LPNMTREEVIEWW           LPNM_TREEVIEWW
#endif

#define LPNM_TREEVIEW           LPNMTREEVIEW
#define NM_TREEVIEW             NMTREEVIEW

typedef struct tagNMTREEVIEWA {
    NMHDR       hdr;
    UINT        action;
    TVITEMA    itemOld;
    TVITEMA    itemNew;
    POINT       ptDrag;
} NMTREEVIEWA, *LPNMTREEVIEWA;


typedef struct tagNMTREEVIEWW {
    NMHDR       hdr;
    UINT        action;
    TVITEMW    itemOld;
    TVITEMW    itemNew;
    POINT       ptDrag;
} NMTREEVIEWW, *LPNMTREEVIEWW;


#ifdef UNICODE
#define  NMTREEVIEW             NMTREEVIEWW
#define  LPNMTREEVIEW           LPNMTREEVIEWW
#else
#define  NMTREEVIEW             NMTREEVIEWA
#define  LPNMTREEVIEW           LPNMTREEVIEWA
#endif


#define TVN_SELCHANGINGA        (TVN_FIRST-1)
#define TVN_SELCHANGINGW        (TVN_FIRST-50)
#define TVN_SELCHANGEDA         (TVN_FIRST-2)
#define TVN_SELCHANGEDW         (TVN_FIRST-51)

#define TVC_UNKNOWN             0x0000
#define TVC_BYMOUSE             0x0001
#define TVC_BYKEYBOARD          0x0002

#define TVN_GETDISPINFOA        (TVN_FIRST-3)
#define TVN_GETDISPINFOW        (TVN_FIRST-52)
#define TVN_SETDISPINFOA        (TVN_FIRST-4)
#define TVN_SETDISPINFOW        (TVN_FIRST-53)

#define TVIF_DI_SETITEM         0x1000

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TV_DISPINFOA            NMTVDISPINFOA
#define TV_DISPINFOW            NMTVDISPINFOW
#else
#define tagTVDISPINFOA  _TV_DISPINFOA
#define NMTVDISPINFOA    TV_DISPINFOA
#define tagTVDISPINFOW  _TV_DISPINFOW
#define NMTVDISPINFOW    TV_DISPINFOW
#endif

#define TV_DISPINFO             NMTVDISPINFO

typedef struct tagTVDISPINFOA {
    NMHDR hdr;
    TVITEMA item;
} NMTVDISPINFOA, *LPNMTVDISPINFOA;

typedef struct tagTVDISPINFOW {
    NMHDR hdr;
    TVITEMW item;
} NMTVDISPINFOW, *LPNMTVDISPINFOW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTVDISPINFO            NMTVDISPINFOW
#define LPNMTVDISPINFO          LPNMTVDISPINFOW
#else
#define NMTVDISPINFO            NMTVDISPINFOA
#define LPNMTVDISPINFO          LPNMTVDISPINFOA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)

typedef struct tagTVDISPINFOEXA {
    NMHDR hdr;
    TVITEMEXA item;
} NMTVDISPINFOEXA, *LPNMTVDISPINFOEXA;

typedef struct tagTVDISPINFOEXW {
    NMHDR hdr;
    TVITEMEXW item;
} NMTVDISPINFOEXW, *LPNMTVDISPINFOEXW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTVDISPINFOEX          NMTVDISPINFOEXW
#define LPNMTVDISPINFOEX        LPNMTVDISPINFOEXW
#else
#define NMTVDISPINFOEX          NMTVDISPINFOEXA
#define LPNMTVDISPINFOEX        LPNMTVDISPINFOEXA
#endif

#define TV_DISPINFOEXA          NMTVDISPINFOEXA
#define TV_DISPINFOEXW          NMTVDISPINFOEXW
#define TV_DISPINFOEX           NMTVDISPINFOEX

#endif
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDINGA      (TVN_FIRST-5)
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDINGW      (TVN_FIRST-54)
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDEDA       (TVN_FIRST-6)
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDEDW       (TVN_FIRST-55)
#define TVN_BEGINDRAGA          (TVN_FIRST-7)
#define TVN_BEGINDRAGW          (TVN_FIRST-56)
#define TVN_BEGINRDRAGA         (TVN_FIRST-8)
#define TVN_BEGINRDRAGW         (TVN_FIRST-57)
#define TVN_DELETEITEMA         (TVN_FIRST-9)
#define TVN_DELETEITEMW         (TVN_FIRST-58)
#define TVN_BEGINLABELEDITA     (TVN_FIRST-10)
#define TVN_BEGINLABELEDITW     (TVN_FIRST-59)
#define TVN_ENDLABELEDITA       (TVN_FIRST-11)
#define TVN_ENDLABELEDITW       (TVN_FIRST-60)
#define TVN_KEYDOWN             (TVN_FIRST-12)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TVN_GETINFOTIPA         (TVN_FIRST-13)
#define TVN_GETINFOTIPW         (TVN_FIRST-14)
#define TVN_SINGLEEXPAND        (TVN_FIRST-15)

#define TVNRET_DEFAULT          0
#define TVNRET_SKIPOLD          1
#define TVNRET_SKIPNEW          2
#endif // 0x400

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGINGA       (TVN_FIRST-16)
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGINGW       (TVN_FIRST-17)
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGEDA        (TVN_FIRST-18)
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGEDW        (TVN_FIRST-19)
#define TVN_ASYNCDRAW           (TVN_FIRST-20)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TV_KEYDOWN      NMTVKEYDOWN
#else
#define tagTVKEYDOWN    _TV_KEYDOWN
#define  NMTVKEYDOWN     TV_KEYDOWN
#endif

typedef struct tagTVKEYDOWN {
    NMHDR hdr;
    WORD wVKey;
    UINT flags;
} NMTVKEYDOWN, *LPNMTVKEYDOWN;


#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVN_SELCHANGING         TVN_SELCHANGINGW
#define TVN_SELCHANGED          TVN_SELCHANGEDW
#define TVN_GETDISPINFO         TVN_GETDISPINFOW
#define TVN_SETDISPINFO         TVN_SETDISPINFOW
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDING       TVN_ITEMEXPANDINGW
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDED        TVN_ITEMEXPANDEDW
#define TVN_BEGINDRAG           TVN_BEGINDRAGW
#define TVN_BEGINRDRAG          TVN_BEGINRDRAGW
#define TVN_DELETEITEM          TVN_DELETEITEMW
#define TVN_BEGINLABELEDIT      TVN_BEGINLABELEDITW
#define TVN_ENDLABELEDIT        TVN_ENDLABELEDITW
#else
#define TVN_SELCHANGING         TVN_SELCHANGINGA
#define TVN_SELCHANGED          TVN_SELCHANGEDA
#define TVN_GETDISPINFO         TVN_GETDISPINFOA
#define TVN_SETDISPINFO         TVN_SETDISPINFOA
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDING       TVN_ITEMEXPANDINGA
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDED        TVN_ITEMEXPANDEDA
#define TVN_BEGINDRAG           TVN_BEGINDRAGA
#define TVN_BEGINRDRAG          TVN_BEGINRDRAGA
#define TVN_DELETEITEM          TVN_DELETEITEMA
#define TVN_BEGINLABELEDIT      TVN_BEGINLABELEDITA
#define TVN_ENDLABELEDIT        TVN_ENDLABELEDITA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define NMTVCUSTOMDRAW_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(NMTVCUSTOMDRAW, clrTextBk)

typedef struct tagNMTVCUSTOMDRAW
{
    NMCUSTOMDRAW nmcd;
    COLORREF     clrText;
    COLORREF     clrTextBk;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
    int iLevel;
#endif
} NMTVCUSTOMDRAW, *LPNMTVCUSTOMDRAW;
#endif


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

// for tooltips

typedef struct tagNMTVGETINFOTIPA
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    LPSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    HTREEITEM hItem;
    LPARAM lParam;
} NMTVGETINFOTIPA, *LPNMTVGETINFOTIPA;

typedef struct tagNMTVGETINFOTIPW
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    LPWSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    HTREEITEM hItem;
    LPARAM lParam;
} NMTVGETINFOTIPW, *LPNMTVGETINFOTIPW;


#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVN_GETINFOTIP          TVN_GETINFOTIPW
#define NMTVGETINFOTIP          NMTVGETINFOTIPW
#define LPNMTVGETINFOTIP        LPNMTVGETINFOTIPW
#else
#define TVN_GETINFOTIP          TVN_GETINFOTIPA
#define NMTVGETINFOTIP          NMTVGETINFOTIPA
#define LPNMTVGETINFOTIP        LPNMTVGETINFOTIPA
#endif

// treeview's customdraw return meaning don't draw images.  valid on CDRF_NOTIFYITEMPREPAINT
#define TVCDRF_NOIMAGES         0x00010000

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (_WIN32_IE > 0x0600)
typedef struct tagTVITEMCHANGE {
    NMHDR hdr;
    UINT uChanged;
    HTREEITEM hItem;
    UINT uStateNew;
    UINT uStateOld;
    LPARAM lParam;
} NMTVITEMCHANGE;

typedef struct tagNMTVASYNCDRAW
{
    NMHDR     hdr;
    IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS *pimldp;    // the draw that failed
    HRESULT   hr;                   // why it failed
    HTREEITEM hItem;                // item that failed to draw icon
    LPARAM    lParam;               // its data
    // Out Params
    DWORD     dwRetFlags;           // What listview should do on return
    int       iRetImageIndex;       // used if ADRF_DRAWIMAGE is returned
} NMTVASYNCDRAW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGING        TVN_ITEMCHANGINGW
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGED         TVN_ITEMCHANGEDW
#else
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGING        TVN_ITEMCHANGINGA
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGED         TVN_ITEMCHANGEDA
#endif

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0600

#endif      // NOTREEVIEW

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)

#ifndef NOUSEREXCONTROLS

////////////////////  ComboBoxEx ////////////////////////////////

#define WC_COMBOBOXEXW         L"ComboBoxEx32"
#define WC_COMBOBOXEXA         "ComboBoxEx32"


#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_COMBOBOXEX          WC_COMBOBOXEXW
#else
#define WC_COMBOBOXEX          WC_COMBOBOXEXA
#endif


#define CBEIF_TEXT              0x00000001
#define CBEIF_IMAGE             0x00000002
#define CBEIF_SELECTEDIMAGE     0x00000004
#define CBEIF_OVERLAY           0x00000008
#define CBEIF_INDENT            0x00000010
#define CBEIF_LPARAM            0x00000020

#define CBEIF_DI_SETITEM        0x10000000

typedef struct tagCOMBOBOXEXITEMA
{
    UINT mask;
    INT_PTR iItem;
    LPSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iImage;
    int iSelectedImage;
    int iOverlay;
    int iIndent;
    LPARAM lParam;
} COMBOBOXEXITEMA, *PCOMBOBOXEXITEMA;
typedef COMBOBOXEXITEMA CONST *PCCOMBOEXITEMA;


typedef struct tagCOMBOBOXEXITEMW
{
    UINT mask;
    INT_PTR iItem;
    LPWSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iImage;
    int iSelectedImage;
    int iOverlay;
    int iIndent;
    LPARAM lParam;
} COMBOBOXEXITEMW, *PCOMBOBOXEXITEMW;
typedef COMBOBOXEXITEMW CONST *PCCOMBOEXITEMW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define COMBOBOXEXITEM            COMBOBOXEXITEMW
#define PCOMBOBOXEXITEM           PCOMBOBOXEXITEMW
#define PCCOMBOBOXEXITEM          PCCOMBOBOXEXITEMW
#else
#define COMBOBOXEXITEM            COMBOBOXEXITEMA
#define PCOMBOBOXEXITEM           PCOMBOBOXEXITEMA
#define PCCOMBOBOXEXITEM          PCCOMBOBOXEXITEMA
#endif

#define CBEM_INSERTITEMA        (WM_USER + 1)
#define CBEM_SETIMAGELIST       (WM_USER + 2)
#define CBEM_GETIMAGELIST       (WM_USER + 3)
#define CBEM_GETITEMA           (WM_USER + 4)
#define CBEM_SETITEMA           (WM_USER + 5)
#define CBEM_DELETEITEM         CB_DELETESTRING
#define CBEM_GETCOMBOCONTROL    (WM_USER + 6)
#define CBEM_GETEDITCONTROL     (WM_USER + 7)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CBEM_SETEXSTYLE         (WM_USER + 8)  // use  SETEXTENDEDSTYLE instead
#define CBEM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE   (WM_USER + 14)   // lparam == new style, wParam (optional) == mask
#define CBEM_GETEXSTYLE         (WM_USER + 9) // use GETEXTENDEDSTYLE instead
#define CBEM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE   (WM_USER + 9)
#define CBEM_SETUNICODEFORMAT   CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define CBEM_GETUNICODEFORMAT   CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#else
#define CBEM_SETEXSTYLE         (WM_USER + 8)
#define CBEM_GETEXSTYLE         (WM_USER + 9)
#endif
#define CBEM_HASEDITCHANGED     (WM_USER + 10)
#define CBEM_INSERTITEMW        (WM_USER + 11)
#define CBEM_SETITEMW           (WM_USER + 12)
#define CBEM_GETITEMW           (WM_USER + 13)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define CBEM_INSERTITEM         CBEM_INSERTITEMW
#define CBEM_SETITEM            CBEM_SETITEMW
#define CBEM_GETITEM            CBEM_GETITEMW
#else
#define CBEM_INSERTITEM         CBEM_INSERTITEMA
#define CBEM_SETITEM            CBEM_SETITEMA
#define CBEM_GETITEM            CBEM_GETITEMA
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define CBEM_SETWINDOWTHEME     CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME
#endif


#define CBES_EX_NOEDITIMAGE          0x00000001
#define CBES_EX_NOEDITIMAGEINDENT    0x00000002
#define CBES_EX_PATHWORDBREAKPROC    0x00000004
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CBES_EX_NOSIZELIMIT          0x00000008
#define CBES_EX_CASESENSITIVE        0x00000010
#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
#define CBES_EX_TEXTENDELLIPSIS      0x00000020
#endif

typedef struct {
    NMHDR hdr;
    COMBOBOXEXITEMA ceItem;
} NMCOMBOBOXEXA, *PNMCOMBOBOXEXA;

typedef struct {
    NMHDR hdr;
    COMBOBOXEXITEMW ceItem;
} NMCOMBOBOXEXW, *PNMCOMBOBOXEXW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMCOMBOBOXEX            NMCOMBOBOXEXW
#define PNMCOMBOBOXEX           PNMCOMBOBOXEXW
#define CBEN_GETDISPINFO        CBEN_GETDISPINFOW
#else
#define NMCOMBOBOXEX            NMCOMBOBOXEXA
#define PNMCOMBOBOXEX           PNMCOMBOBOXEXA
#define CBEN_GETDISPINFO        CBEN_GETDISPINFOA
#endif

#else
typedef struct {
    NMHDR hdr;
    COMBOBOXEXITEM ceItem;
} NMCOMBOBOXEX, *PNMCOMBOBOXEX;

#define CBEN_GETDISPINFO         (CBEN_FIRST - 0)

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CBEN_GETDISPINFOA        (CBEN_FIRST - 0)
#endif
#define CBEN_INSERTITEM          (CBEN_FIRST - 1)
#define CBEN_DELETEITEM          (CBEN_FIRST - 2)
#define CBEN_BEGINEDIT           (CBEN_FIRST - 4)
#define CBEN_ENDEDITA            (CBEN_FIRST - 5)
#define CBEN_ENDEDITW            (CBEN_FIRST - 6)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CBEN_GETDISPINFOW        (CBEN_FIRST - 7)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define CBEN_DRAGBEGINA                  (CBEN_FIRST - 8)
#define CBEN_DRAGBEGINW                  (CBEN_FIRST - 9)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define CBEN_DRAGBEGIN CBEN_DRAGBEGINW
#else
#define CBEN_DRAGBEGIN CBEN_DRAGBEGINA
#endif

#endif  //(_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

// lParam specifies why the endedit is happening
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CBEN_ENDEDIT CBEN_ENDEDITW
#else
#define CBEN_ENDEDIT CBEN_ENDEDITA
#endif

#define CBENF_KILLFOCUS         1
#define CBENF_RETURN            2
#define CBENF_ESCAPE            3
#define CBENF_DROPDOWN          4

#define CBEMAXSTRLEN 260

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
// CBEN_DRAGBEGIN sends this information ...

typedef struct {
    NMHDR hdr;
    int   iItemid;
    WCHAR szText[CBEMAXSTRLEN];
}NMCBEDRAGBEGINW, *LPNMCBEDRAGBEGINW, *PNMCBEDRAGBEGINW;


typedef struct {
    NMHDR hdr;
    int   iItemid;
    char szText[CBEMAXSTRLEN];
}NMCBEDRAGBEGINA, *LPNMCBEDRAGBEGINA, *PNMCBEDRAGBEGINA;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  NMCBEDRAGBEGIN NMCBEDRAGBEGINW
#define  LPNMCBEDRAGBEGIN LPNMCBEDRAGBEGINW
#define  PNMCBEDRAGBEGIN PNMCBEDRAGBEGINW
#else
#define  NMCBEDRAGBEGIN NMCBEDRAGBEGINA
#define  LPNMCBEDRAGBEGIN LPNMCBEDRAGBEGINA
#define  PNMCBEDRAGBEGIN PNMCBEDRAGBEGINA
#endif
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

// CBEN_ENDEDIT sends this information...
// fChanged if the user actually did anything
// iNewSelection gives what would be the new selection unless the notify is failed
//                      iNewSelection may be CB_ERR if there's no match
typedef struct {
        NMHDR hdr;
        BOOL fChanged;
        int iNewSelection;
        WCHAR szText[CBEMAXSTRLEN];
        int iWhy;
} NMCBEENDEDITW, *LPNMCBEENDEDITW, *PNMCBEENDEDITW;

typedef struct {
        NMHDR hdr;
        BOOL fChanged;
        int iNewSelection;
        char szText[CBEMAXSTRLEN];
        int iWhy;
} NMCBEENDEDITA, *LPNMCBEENDEDITA,*PNMCBEENDEDITA;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  NMCBEENDEDIT NMCBEENDEDITW
#define  LPNMCBEENDEDIT LPNMCBEENDEDITW
#define  PNMCBEENDEDIT PNMCBEENDEDITW
#else
#define  NMCBEENDEDIT NMCBEENDEDITA
#define  LPNMCBEENDEDIT LPNMCBEENDEDITA
#define  PNMCBEENDEDIT PNMCBEENDEDITA
#endif

#endif

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300



//====== TAB CONTROL ==========================================================

#ifndef NOTABCONTROL

#ifdef _WIN32

#define WC_TABCONTROLA          "SysTabControl32"
#define WC_TABCONTROLW          L"SysTabControl32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  WC_TABCONTROL          WC_TABCONTROLW
#else
#define  WC_TABCONTROL          WC_TABCONTROLA
#endif

#else
#define WC_TABCONTROL           "SysTabControl"
#endif

// begin_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TCS_SCROLLOPPOSITE      0x0001   // assumes multiline tab
#define TCS_BOTTOM              0x0002
#define TCS_RIGHT               0x0002
#define TCS_MULTISELECT         0x0004  // allow multi-select in button mode
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TCS_FLATBUTTONS         0x0008
#endif
#define TCS_FORCEICONLEFT       0x0010
#define TCS_FORCELABELLEFT      0x0020
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TCS_HOTTRACK            0x0040
#define TCS_VERTICAL            0x0080
#endif
#define TCS_TABS                0x0000
#define TCS_BUTTONS             0x0100
#define TCS_SINGLELINE          0x0000
#define TCS_MULTILINE           0x0200
#define TCS_RIGHTJUSTIFY        0x0000
#define TCS_FIXEDWIDTH          0x0400
#define TCS_RAGGEDRIGHT         0x0800
#define TCS_FOCUSONBUTTONDOWN   0x1000
#define TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED      0x2000
#define TCS_TOOLTIPS            0x4000
#define TCS_FOCUSNEVER          0x8000

// end_r_commctrl

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
// EX styles for use with TCM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE
#define TCS_EX_FLATSEPARATORS   0x00000001
#define TCS_EX_REGISTERDROP     0x00000002
#endif


#define TCM_GETIMAGELIST        (TCM_FIRST + 2)
#define TabCtrl_GetImageList(hwnd) \
    (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETIMAGELIST, 0, 0L)


#define TCM_SETIMAGELIST        (TCM_FIRST + 3)
#define TabCtrl_SetImageList(hwnd, himl) \
    (HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETIMAGELIST, 0, (LPARAM)(HIMAGELIST)(himl))


#define TCM_GETITEMCOUNT        (TCM_FIRST + 4)
#define TabCtrl_GetItemCount(hwnd) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETITEMCOUNT, 0, 0L)


#define TCIF_TEXT               0x0001
#define TCIF_IMAGE              0x0002
#define TCIF_RTLREADING         0x0004
#define TCIF_PARAM              0x0008
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TCIF_STATE              0x0010


#define TCIS_BUTTONPRESSED      0x0001
#endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TCIS_HIGHLIGHTED        0x0002
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TC_ITEMHEADERA         TCITEMHEADERA
#define TC_ITEMHEADERW         TCITEMHEADERW
#else
#define tagTCITEMHEADERA       _TC_ITEMHEADERA
#define    TCITEMHEADERA        TC_ITEMHEADERA
#define tagTCITEMHEADERW       _TC_ITEMHEADERW
#define    TCITEMHEADERW        TC_ITEMHEADERW
#endif
#define TC_ITEMHEADER          TCITEMHEADER

typedef struct tagTCITEMHEADERA
{
    UINT mask;
    UINT lpReserved1;
    UINT lpReserved2;
    LPSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iImage;
} TCITEMHEADERA, *LPTCITEMHEADERA;

typedef struct tagTCITEMHEADERW
{
    UINT mask;
    UINT lpReserved1;
    UINT lpReserved2;
    LPWSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iImage;
} TCITEMHEADERW, *LPTCITEMHEADERW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  TCITEMHEADER          TCITEMHEADERW
#define  LPTCITEMHEADER        LPTCITEMHEADERW
#else
#define  TCITEMHEADER          TCITEMHEADERA
#define  LPTCITEMHEADER        LPTCITEMHEADERA
#endif


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TC_ITEMA                TCITEMA
#define TC_ITEMW                TCITEMW
#else
#define tagTCITEMA              _TC_ITEMA
#define    TCITEMA               TC_ITEMA
#define tagTCITEMW              _TC_ITEMW
#define    TCITEMW               TC_ITEMW
#endif
#define TC_ITEM                 TCITEM

typedef struct tagTCITEMA
{
    UINT mask;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    DWORD dwState;
    DWORD dwStateMask;
#else
    UINT lpReserved1;
    UINT lpReserved2;
#endif
    LPSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iImage;

    LPARAM lParam;
} TCITEMA, *LPTCITEMA;

typedef struct tagTCITEMW
{
    UINT mask;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
    DWORD dwState;
    DWORD dwStateMask;
#else
    UINT lpReserved1;
    UINT lpReserved2;
#endif
    LPWSTR pszText;
    int cchTextMax;
    int iImage;

    LPARAM lParam;
} TCITEMW, *LPTCITEMW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define  TCITEM                 TCITEMW
#define  LPTCITEM               LPTCITEMW
#else
#define  TCITEM                 TCITEMA
#define  LPTCITEM               LPTCITEMA
#endif


#define TCM_GETITEMA            (TCM_FIRST + 5)
#define TCM_GETITEMW            (TCM_FIRST + 60)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TCM_GETITEM             TCM_GETITEMW
#else
#define TCM_GETITEM             TCM_GETITEMA
#endif

#define TabCtrl_GetItem(hwnd, iItem, pitem) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(iItem), (LPARAM)(TC_ITEM *)(pitem))


#define TCM_SETITEMA            (TCM_FIRST + 6)
#define TCM_SETITEMW            (TCM_FIRST + 61)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TCM_SETITEM             TCM_SETITEMW
#else
#define TCM_SETITEM             TCM_SETITEMA
#endif

#define TabCtrl_SetItem(hwnd, iItem, pitem) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(iItem), (LPARAM)(TC_ITEM *)(pitem))


#define TCM_INSERTITEMA         (TCM_FIRST + 7)
#define TCM_INSERTITEMW         (TCM_FIRST + 62)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define TCM_INSERTITEM          TCM_INSERTITEMW
#else
#define TCM_INSERTITEM          TCM_INSERTITEMA
#endif

#define TabCtrl_InsertItem(hwnd, iItem, pitem)   \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_INSERTITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(iItem), (LPARAM)(const TC_ITEM *)(pitem))


#define TCM_DELETEITEM          (TCM_FIRST + 8)
#define TabCtrl_DeleteItem(hwnd, i) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_DELETEITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), 0L)


#define TCM_DELETEALLITEMS      (TCM_FIRST + 9)
#define TabCtrl_DeleteAllItems(hwnd) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_DELETEALLITEMS, 0, 0L)


#define TCM_GETITEMRECT         (TCM_FIRST + 10)
#define TabCtrl_GetItemRect(hwnd, i, prc) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))


#define TCM_GETCURSEL           (TCM_FIRST + 11)
#define TabCtrl_GetCurSel(hwnd) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETCURSEL, 0, 0)


#define TCM_SETCURSEL           (TCM_FIRST + 12)
#define TabCtrl_SetCurSel(hwnd, i) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETCURSEL, (WPARAM)(i), 0)


#define TCHT_NOWHERE            0x0001
#define TCHT_ONITEMICON         0x0002
#define TCHT_ONITEMLABEL        0x0004
#define TCHT_ONITEM             (TCHT_ONITEMICON | TCHT_ONITEMLABEL)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define LPTC_HITTESTINFO        LPTCHITTESTINFO
#define TC_HITTESTINFO          TCHITTESTINFO
#else
#define tagTCHITTESTINFO        _TC_HITTESTINFO
#define    TCHITTESTINFO         TC_HITTESTINFO
#define  LPTCHITTESTINFO       LPTC_HITTESTINFO
#endif

typedef struct tagTCHITTESTINFO
{
    POINT pt;
    UINT flags;
} TCHITTESTINFO, *LPTCHITTESTINFO;

#define TCM_HITTEST             (TCM_FIRST + 13)
#define TabCtrl_HitTest(hwndTC, pinfo) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwndTC), TCM_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(TC_HITTESTINFO *)(pinfo))


#define TCM_SETITEMEXTRA        (TCM_FIRST + 14)
#define TabCtrl_SetItemExtra(hwndTC, cb) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndTC), TCM_SETITEMEXTRA, (WPARAM)(cb), 0L)


#define TCM_ADJUSTRECT          (TCM_FIRST + 40)
#define TabCtrl_AdjustRect(hwnd, bLarger, prc) \
    (int)SNDMSG(hwnd, TCM_ADJUSTRECT, (WPARAM)(BOOL)(bLarger), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))


#define TCM_SETITEMSIZE         (TCM_FIRST + 41)
#define TabCtrl_SetItemSize(hwnd, x, y) \
    (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETITEMSIZE, 0, MAKELPARAM(x,y))


#define TCM_REMOVEIMAGE         (TCM_FIRST + 42)
#define TabCtrl_RemoveImage(hwnd, i) \
        (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_REMOVEIMAGE, i, 0L)


#define TCM_SETPADDING          (TCM_FIRST + 43)
#define TabCtrl_SetPadding(hwnd,  cx, cy) \
        (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETPADDING, 0, MAKELPARAM(cx, cy))


#define TCM_GETROWCOUNT         (TCM_FIRST + 44)
#define TabCtrl_GetRowCount(hwnd) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETROWCOUNT, 0, 0L)


#define TCM_GETTOOLTIPS         (TCM_FIRST + 45)
#define TabCtrl_GetToolTips(hwnd) \
        (HWND)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETTOOLTIPS, 0, 0L)


#define TCM_SETTOOLTIPS         (TCM_FIRST + 46)
#define TabCtrl_SetToolTips(hwnd, hwndTT) \
        (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)(hwndTT), 0L)


#define TCM_GETCURFOCUS         (TCM_FIRST + 47)
#define TabCtrl_GetCurFocus(hwnd) \
    (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETCURFOCUS, 0, 0)

#define TCM_SETCURFOCUS         (TCM_FIRST + 48)
#define TabCtrl_SetCurFocus(hwnd, i) \
    SNDMSG((hwnd),TCM_SETCURFOCUS, i, 0)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH      (TCM_FIRST + 49)
#define TabCtrl_SetMinTabWidth(hwnd, x) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH, 0, x)


#define TCM_DESELECTALL         (TCM_FIRST + 50)
#define TabCtrl_DeselectAll(hwnd, fExcludeFocus)\
        (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_DESELECTALL, fExcludeFocus, 0)
#endif

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

#define TCM_HIGHLIGHTITEM       (TCM_FIRST + 51)
#define TabCtrl_HighlightItem(hwnd, i, fHighlight) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_HIGHLIGHTITEM, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)MAKELONG (fHighlight, 0))

#define TCM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE    (TCM_FIRST + 52)  // optional wParam == mask
#define TabCtrl_SetExtendedStyle(hwnd, dw)\
        (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0, dw)

#define TCM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE    (TCM_FIRST + 53)
#define TabCtrl_GetExtendedStyle(hwnd)\
        (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0, 0)

#define TCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TabCtrl_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode)  \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)

#define TCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TabCtrl_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd)  \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#define TCN_KEYDOWN             (TCN_FIRST - 0)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define TC_KEYDOWN              NMTCKEYDOWN
#else
#define tagTCKEYDOWN            _TC_KEYDOWN
#define  NMTCKEYDOWN             TC_KEYDOWN
#endif


typedef struct tagTCKEYDOWN
{
    NMHDR hdr;
    WORD wVKey;
    UINT flags;
} NMTCKEYDOWN;

#define TCN_SELCHANGE           (TCN_FIRST - 1)
#define TCN_SELCHANGING         (TCN_FIRST - 2)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define TCN_GETOBJECT           (TCN_FIRST - 3)
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0500)
#define TCN_FOCUSCHANGE         (TCN_FIRST - 4)
#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0500
#endif      // NOTABCONTROL


//====== ANIMATE CONTROL ======================================================

#ifndef NOANIMATE

#ifdef _WIN32

#define ANIMATE_CLASSW          L"SysAnimate32"
#define ANIMATE_CLASSA          "SysAnimate32"


#ifdef UNICODE
#define ANIMATE_CLASS           ANIMATE_CLASSW
#else
#define ANIMATE_CLASS           ANIMATE_CLASSA
#endif

// begin_r_commctrl

#define ACS_CENTER              0x0001
#define ACS_TRANSPARENT         0x0002
#define ACS_AUTOPLAY            0x0004
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
#define ACS_TIMER               0x0008  // don't use threads... use timers
#endif

// end_r_commctrl

#define ACM_OPENA               (WM_USER+100)
#define ACM_OPENW               (WM_USER+103)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define ACM_OPEN                ACM_OPENW
#else
#define ACM_OPEN                ACM_OPENA
#endif

#define ACM_PLAY                (WM_USER+101)
#define ACM_STOP                (WM_USER+102)
#define ACM_ISPLAYING           (WM_USER+104)

#define ACN_START               1
#define ACN_STOP                2


#define Animate_Create(hwndP, id, dwStyle, hInstance)   \
            CreateWindow(ANIMATE_CLASS, NULL,           \
                dwStyle, 0, 0, 0, 0, hwndP, (HMENU)(id), hInstance, NULL)

#define Animate_Open(hwnd, szName)          (BOOL)SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_OPEN, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)(szName))
#define Animate_OpenEx(hwnd, hInst, szName) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_OPEN, (WPARAM)(hInst), (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)(szName))
#define Animate_Play(hwnd, from, to, rep)   (BOOL)SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_PLAY, (WPARAM)(rep), (LPARAM)MAKELONG(from, to))
#define Animate_Stop(hwnd)                  (BOOL)SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_STOP, 0, 0)
#define Animate_IsPlaying(hwnd)             (BOOL)SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_ISPLAYING, 0, 0)
#define Animate_Close(hwnd)                 Animate_Open(hwnd, NULL)
#define Animate_Seek(hwnd, frame)           Animate_Play(hwnd, frame, frame, 1)
#endif

#endif      // NOANIMATE

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0300)
//====== MONTHCAL CONTROL ======================================================

#ifndef NOMONTHCAL
#ifdef _WIN32

#define MONTHCAL_CLASSW          L"SysMonthCal32"
#define MONTHCAL_CLASSA          "SysMonthCal32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define MONTHCAL_CLASS           MONTHCAL_CLASSW
#else
#define MONTHCAL_CLASS           MONTHCAL_CLASSA
#endif

// bit-packed array of "bold" info for a month
// if a bit is on, that day is drawn bold
typedef DWORD MONTHDAYSTATE, *LPMONTHDAYSTATE;


#define MCM_FIRST           0x1000

// BOOL MonthCal_GetCurSel(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME pst)
//   returns FALSE if MCS_MULTISELECT
//   returns TRUE and sets *pst to the currently selected date otherwise
#define MCM_GETCURSEL       (MCM_FIRST + 1)
#define MonthCal_GetCurSel(hmc, pst)    (BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCURSEL, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))

// BOOL MonthCal_SetCurSel(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME pst)
//   returns FALSE if MCS_MULTISELECT
//   returns TURE and sets the currently selected date to *pst otherwise
#define MCM_SETCURSEL       (MCM_FIRST + 2)
#define MonthCal_SetCurSel(hmc, pst)    (BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCURSEL, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))

// DWORD MonthCal_GetMaxSelCount(HWND hmc)
//   returns the maximum number of selectable days allowed
#define MCM_GETMAXSELCOUNT  (MCM_FIRST + 3)
#define MonthCal_GetMaxSelCount(hmc)    (DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMAXSELCOUNT, 0, 0L)

// BOOL MonthCal_SetMaxSelCount(HWND hmc, UINT n)
//   sets the max number days that can be selected iff MCS_MULTISELECT
#define MCM_SETMAXSELCOUNT  (MCM_FIRST + 4)
#define MonthCal_SetMaxSelCount(hmc, n) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETMAXSELCOUNT, (WPARAM)(n), 0L)

// BOOL MonthCal_GetSelRange(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   sets rgst[0] to the first day of the selection range
//   sets rgst[1] to the last day of the selection range
#define MCM_GETSELRANGE     (MCM_FIRST + 5)
#define MonthCal_GetSelRange(hmc, rgst) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETSELRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)(rgst))

// BOOL MonthCal_SetSelRange(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   selects the range of days from rgst[0] to rgst[1]
#define MCM_SETSELRANGE     (MCM_FIRST + 6)
#define MonthCal_SetSelRange(hmc, rgst) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETSELRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)(rgst))

// DWORD MonthCal_GetMonthRange(HWND hmc, DWORD gmr, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   if rgst specified, sets rgst[0] to the starting date and
//      and rgst[1] to the ending date of the the selectable (non-grayed)
//      days if GMR_VISIBLE or all the displayed days (including grayed)
//      if GMR_DAYSTATE.
//   returns the number of months spanned by the above range.
#define MCM_GETMONTHRANGE   (MCM_FIRST + 7)
#define MonthCal_GetMonthRange(hmc, gmr, rgst)  (DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMONTHRANGE, (WPARAM)(gmr), (LPARAM)(rgst))

// BOOL MonthCal_SetDayState(HWND hmc, int cbds, DAYSTATE *rgds)
//   cbds is the count of DAYSTATE items in rgds and it must be equal
//   to the value returned from MonthCal_GetMonthRange(hmc, GMR_DAYSTATE, NULL)
//   This sets the DAYSTATE bits for each month (grayed and non-grayed
//   days) displayed in the calendar. The first bit in a month's DAYSTATE
//   corresponts to bolding day 1, the second bit affects day 2, etc.
#define MCM_SETDAYSTATE     (MCM_FIRST + 8)
#define MonthCal_SetDayState(hmc, cbds, rgds)   SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETDAYSTATE, (WPARAM)(cbds), (LPARAM)(rgds))

// BOOL MonthCal_GetMinReqRect(HWND hmc, LPRECT prc)
//   sets *prc the minimal size needed to display one month
//   To display two months, undo the AdjustWindowRect calculation already done to
//   this rect, double the width, and redo the AdjustWindowRect calculation --
//   the monthcal control will display two calendars in this window (if you also
//   double the vertical size, you will get 4 calendars)
//   NOTE: if you want to gurantee that the "Today" string is not clipped,
//   get the MCM_GETMAXTODAYWIDTH and use the max of that width and this width
#define MCM_GETMINREQRECT   (MCM_FIRST + 9)
#define MonthCal_GetMinReqRect(hmc, prc)        SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMINREQRECT, 0, (LPARAM)(prc))

// set colors to draw control with -- see MCSC_ bits below
#define MCM_SETCOLOR            (MCM_FIRST + 10)
#define MonthCal_SetColor(hmc, iColor, clr) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCOLOR, iColor, clr)

#define MCM_GETCOLOR            (MCM_FIRST + 11)
#define MonthCal_GetColor(hmc, iColor) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCOLOR, iColor, 0)

#define MCSC_BACKGROUND   0   // the background color (between months)
#define MCSC_TEXT         1   // the dates
#define MCSC_TITLEBK      2   // background of the title
#define MCSC_TITLETEXT    3
#define MCSC_MONTHBK      4   // background within the month cal
#define MCSC_TRAILINGTEXT 5   // the text color of header & trailing days

// set what day is "today"   send NULL to revert back to real date
#define MCM_SETTODAY    (MCM_FIRST + 12)
#define MonthCal_SetToday(hmc, pst)             SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETTODAY, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))

// get what day is "today"
// returns BOOL for success/failure
#define MCM_GETTODAY    (MCM_FIRST + 13)
#define MonthCal_GetToday(hmc, pst)             (BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETTODAY, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))

// determine what pinfo->pt is over
#define MCM_HITTEST          (MCM_FIRST + 14)
#define MonthCal_HitTest(hmc, pinfo) \
        SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(PMCHITTESTINFO)(pinfo))


typedef struct {
        UINT cbSize;
        POINT pt;

        UINT uHit;   // out param
        SYSTEMTIME st;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
        RECT rc;
        int iOffset;
        int iRow;
        int iCol;
#endif
} MCHITTESTINFO, *PMCHITTESTINFO;

#define MCHITTESTINFO_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(MCHITTESTINFO, st)

#define MCHT_TITLE                      0x00010000
#define MCHT_CALENDAR                   0x00020000
#define MCHT_TODAYLINK                  0x00030000

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
#define MCHT_CALENDARCONTROL            0x00100000
#endif

#define MCHT_NEXT                       0x01000000   // these indicate that hitting
#define MCHT_PREV                       0x02000000  // here will go to the next/prev month

#define MCHT_NOWHERE                    0x00000000

#define MCHT_TITLEBK                    (MCHT_TITLE)
#define MCHT_TITLEMONTH                 (MCHT_TITLE | 0x0001)
#define MCHT_TITLEYEAR                  (MCHT_TITLE | 0x0002)
#define MCHT_TITLEBTNNEXT               (MCHT_TITLE | MCHT_NEXT | 0x0003)
#define MCHT_TITLEBTNPREV               (MCHT_TITLE | MCHT_PREV | 0x0003)

#define MCHT_CALENDARBK                 (MCHT_CALENDAR)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATE               (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0001)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATENEXT           (MCHT_CALENDARDATE | MCHT_NEXT)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATEPREV           (MCHT_CALENDARDATE | MCHT_PREV)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDAY                (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0002)
#define MCHT_CALENDARWEEKNUM            (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0003)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATEMIN            (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0004)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATEMAX            (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0005)

// set first day of week to iDay:
// 0 for Monday, 1 for Tuesday, ..., 6 for Sunday
// -1 for means use locale info
#define MCM_SETFIRSTDAYOFWEEK (MCM_FIRST + 15)
#define MonthCal_SetFirstDayOfWeek(hmc, iDay) \
        SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETFIRSTDAYOFWEEK, 0, iDay)

// DWORD result...  low word has the day.  high word is bool if this is app set
// or not (FALSE == using locale info)
#define MCM_GETFIRSTDAYOFWEEK (MCM_FIRST + 16)
#define MonthCal_GetFirstDayOfWeek(hmc) \
        (DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETFIRSTDAYOFWEEK, 0, 0)

// DWORD MonthCal_GetRange(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   modifies rgst[0] to be the minimum ALLOWABLE systemtime (or 0 if no minimum)
//   modifies rgst[1] to be the maximum ALLOWABLE systemtime (or 0 if no maximum)
//   returns GDTR_MIN|GDTR_MAX if there is a minimum|maximum limit
#define MCM_GETRANGE (MCM_FIRST + 17)
#define MonthCal_GetRange(hmc, rgst) \
        (DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)(rgst))

// BOOL MonthCal_SetRange(HWND hmc, DWORD gdtr, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   if GDTR_MIN, sets the minimum ALLOWABLE systemtime to rgst[0], otherwise removes minimum
//   if GDTR_MAX, sets the maximum ALLOWABLE systemtime to rgst[1], otherwise removes maximum
//   returns TRUE on success, FALSE on error (such as invalid parameters)
#define MCM_SETRANGE (MCM_FIRST + 18)
#define MonthCal_SetRange(hmc, gd, rgst) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETRANGE, (WPARAM)(gd), (LPARAM)(rgst))

// int MonthCal_GetMonthDelta(HWND hmc)
//   returns the number of months one click on a next/prev button moves by
#define MCM_GETMONTHDELTA (MCM_FIRST + 19)
#define MonthCal_GetMonthDelta(hmc) \
        (int)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMONTHDELTA, 0, 0)

// int MonthCal_SetMonthDelta(HWND hmc, int n)
//   sets the month delta to n. n==0 reverts to moving by a page of months
//   returns the previous value of n.
#define MCM_SETMONTHDELTA (MCM_FIRST + 20)
#define MonthCal_SetMonthDelta(hmc, n) \
        (int)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETMONTHDELTA, n, 0)

// DWORD MonthCal_GetMaxTodayWidth(HWND hmc, LPSIZE psz)
//   sets *psz to the maximum width/height of the "Today" string displayed
//   at the bottom of the calendar (as long as MCS_NOTODAY is not specified)
#define MCM_GETMAXTODAYWIDTH (MCM_FIRST + 21)
#define MonthCal_GetMaxTodayWidth(hmc) \
        (DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMAXTODAYWIDTH, 0, 0)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define MCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define MonthCal_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode)  \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), MCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)

#define MCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT     CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define MonthCal_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd)  \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), MCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)
#endif

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
// View
#define MCMV_MONTH      0
#define MCMV_YEAR       1
#define MCMV_DECADE     2
#define MCMV_CENTURY    3
#define MCMV_MAX        MCMV_CENTURY

#define MCM_GETCURRENTVIEW (MCM_FIRST + 22)
#define MonthCal_GetCurrentView(hmc) \
        (DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCURRENTVIEW, 0, 0)

#define MCM_GETCALENDARCOUNT (MCM_FIRST + 23)
#define MonthCal_GetCalendarCount(hmc) \
        (DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCALENDARCOUNT, 0, 0)

// Part
#define MCGIP_CALENDARCONTROL      0
#define MCGIP_NEXT                 1
#define MCGIP_PREV                 2
#define MCGIP_FOOTER               3
#define MCGIP_CALENDAR             4
#define MCGIP_CALENDARHEADER       5
#define MCGIP_CALENDARBODY         6
#define MCGIP_CALENDARROW          7
#define MCGIP_CALENDARCELL         8

#define MCGIF_DATE                 0x00000001
#define MCGIF_RECT                 0x00000002
#define MCGIF_NAME                 0x00000004

// Note: iRow of -1 refers to the row header and iCol of -1 refers to the col header.
typedef struct tagMCGRIDINFO {
    UINT cbSize;
    DWORD dwPart;
    DWORD dwFlags;
    int iCalendar;
    int iRow;
    int iCol;
    BOOL bSelected;
    SYSTEMTIME stStart;
    SYSTEMTIME stEnd;
    RECT rc;
    PWSTR pszName;
    size_t cchName;
} MCGRIDINFO, *PMCGRIDINFO;

#define MCM_GETCALENDARGRIDINFO (MCM_FIRST + 24)
#define MonthCal_GetCalendarGridInfo(hmc, pmcGridInfo) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCALENDARGRIDINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(PMCGRIDINFO)(pmcGridInfo))

#define MCM_GETCALID (MCM_FIRST + 27)
#define MonthCal_GetCALID(hmc) \
        (CALID)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCALID, 0, 0)

#define MCM_SETCALID (MCM_FIRST + 28)
#define MonthCal_SetCALID(hmc, calid) \
        SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCALID, (WPARAM)(calid), 0)

// Returns the min rect that will fit the max number of calendars for the passed in rect.
#define MCM_SIZERECTTOMIN (MCM_FIRST + 29)
#define MonthCal_SizeRectToMin(hmc, prc) \
        SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SIZERECTTOMIN, 0, (LPARAM)(prc))

#define MCM_SETCALENDARBORDER (MCM_FIRST + 30)
#define MonthCal_SetCalendarBorder(hmc, fset, xyborder) \
        SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCALENDARBORDER, (WPARAM)(fset), (LPARAM)(xyborder))

#define MCM_GETCALENDARBORDER (MCM_FIRST + 31)
#define MonthCal_GetCalendarBorder(hmc) \
        (int)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCALENDARBORDER, 0, 0)

#define MCM_SETCURRENTVIEW (MCM_FIRST + 32)
#define MonthCal_SetCurrentView(hmc, dwNewView) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCURRENTVIEW, 0, (LPARAM)(dwNewView))

#endif

// MCN_SELCHANGE is sent whenever the currently displayed date changes
// via month change, year change, keyboard navigation, prev/next button
//
typedef struct tagNMSELCHANGE
{
    NMHDR           nmhdr;  // this must be first, so we don't break WM_NOTIFY

    SYSTEMTIME      stSelStart;
    SYSTEMTIME      stSelEnd;
} NMSELCHANGE, *LPNMSELCHANGE;

#define MCN_SELCHANGE       (MCN_FIRST - 3) // -749

// MCN_GETDAYSTATE is sent for MCS_DAYSTATE controls whenever new daystate
// information is needed (month or year scroll) to draw bolding information.
// The app must fill in cDayState months worth of information starting from
// stStart date. The app may fill in the array at prgDayState or change
// prgDayState to point to a different array out of which the information
// will be copied. (similar to tooltips)
//
typedef struct tagNMDAYSTATE
{
    NMHDR           nmhdr;  // this must be first, so we don't break WM_NOTIFY

    SYSTEMTIME      stStart;
    int             cDayState;

    LPMONTHDAYSTATE prgDayState; // points to cDayState MONTHDAYSTATEs
} NMDAYSTATE, *LPNMDAYSTATE;

#define MCN_GETDAYSTATE     (MCN_FIRST - 1) // -747

// MCN_SELECT is sent whenever a selection has occured (via mouse or keyboard)
//
typedef NMSELCHANGE NMSELECT, *LPNMSELECT;


#define MCN_SELECT          (MCN_FIRST) // -746

typedef struct tagNMVIEWCHANGE
{
    NMHDR           nmhdr;  // this must be first, so we don't break WM_NOTIFY
    DWORD           dwOldView;
    DWORD           dwNewView;
} NMVIEWCHANGE, *LPNMVIEWCHANGE;

#define MCN_VIEWCHANGE      (MCN_FIRST - 4) // -750


// begin_r_commctrl

#define MCS_DAYSTATE        0x0001
#define MCS_MULTISELECT     0x0002
#define MCS_WEEKNUMBERS     0x0004
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)
#define MCS_NOTODAYCIRCLE   0x0008
#define MCS_NOTODAY         0x0010
#else
#define MCS_NOTODAY         0x0008
#endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
#define MCS_NOTRAILINGDATES  0x0040
#define MCS_SHORTDAYSOFWEEK  0x0080
#define MCS_NOSELCHANGEONNAV 0x0100
#endif


// end_r_commctrl

#define GMR_VISIBLE     0       // visible portion of display
#define GMR_DAYSTATE    1       // above plus the grayed out parts of
                                // partially displayed months


#endif // _WIN32
#endif // NOMONTHCAL


//====== DATETIMEPICK CONTROL ==================================================

#ifndef NODATETIMEPICK
#ifdef _WIN32

#define DATETIMEPICK_CLASSW          L"SysDateTimePick32"
#define DATETIMEPICK_CLASSA          "SysDateTimePick32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define DATETIMEPICK_CLASS           DATETIMEPICK_CLASSW
#else
#define DATETIMEPICK_CLASS           DATETIMEPICK_CLASSA
#endif

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)

typedef struct tagDATETIMEPICKERINFO
{
    DWORD cbSize;

    RECT rcCheck;
    DWORD stateCheck;

    RECT rcButton;
    DWORD stateButton;

    HWND hwndEdit;
    HWND hwndUD;
    HWND hwndDropDown;
} DATETIMEPICKERINFO, *LPDATETIMEPICKERINFO;

#endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)

#define DTM_FIRST        0x1000

// DWORD DateTimePick_GetSystemtime(HWND hdp, LPSYSTEMTIME pst)
//   returns GDT_NONE if "none" is selected (DTS_SHOWNONE only)
//   returns GDT_VALID and modifies *pst to be the currently selected value
#define DTM_GETSYSTEMTIME   (DTM_FIRST + 1)
#define DateTime_GetSystemtime(hdp, pst)    (DWORD)SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETSYSTEMTIME, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))

// BOOL DateTime_SetSystemtime(HWND hdp, DWORD gd, LPSYSTEMTIME pst)
//   if gd==GDT_NONE, sets datetimepick to None (DTS_SHOWNONE only)
//   if gd==GDT_VALID, sets datetimepick to *pst
//   returns TRUE on success, FALSE on error (such as bad params)
#define DTM_SETSYSTEMTIME   (DTM_FIRST + 2)
#define DateTime_SetSystemtime(hdp, gd, pst)    (BOOL)SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETSYSTEMTIME, (WPARAM)(gd), (LPARAM)(pst))

// DWORD DateTime_GetRange(HWND hdp, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   modifies rgst[0] to be the minimum ALLOWABLE systemtime (or 0 if no minimum)
//   modifies rgst[1] to be the maximum ALLOWABLE systemtime (or 0 if no maximum)
//   returns GDTR_MIN|GDTR_MAX if there is a minimum|maximum limit
#define DTM_GETRANGE (DTM_FIRST + 3)
#define DateTime_GetRange(hdp, rgst)  (DWORD)SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)(rgst))

// BOOL DateTime_SetRange(HWND hdp, DWORD gdtr, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
//   if GDTR_MIN, sets the minimum ALLOWABLE systemtime to rgst[0], otherwise removes minimum
//   if GDTR_MAX, sets the maximum ALLOWABLE systemtime to rgst[1], otherwise removes maximum
//   returns TRUE on success, FALSE on error (such as invalid parameters)
#define DTM_SETRANGE (DTM_FIRST + 4)
#define DateTime_SetRange(hdp, gd, rgst)  (BOOL)SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETRANGE, (WPARAM)(gd), (LPARAM)(rgst))

// BOOL DateTime_SetFormat(HWND hdp, LPCTSTR sz)
//   sets the display formatting string to sz (see GetDateFormat and GetTimeFormat for valid formatting chars)
//   NOTE: 'X' is a valid formatting character which indicates that the application
//   will determine how to display information. Such apps must support DTN_WMKEYDOWN,
//   DTN_FORMAT, and DTN_FORMATQUERY.
#define DTM_SETFORMATA (DTM_FIRST + 5)
#define DTM_SETFORMATW (DTM_FIRST + 50)

#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTM_SETFORMAT       DTM_SETFORMATW
#else
#define DTM_SETFORMAT       DTM_SETFORMATA
#endif

#define DateTime_SetFormat(hdp, sz)  (BOOL)SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETFORMAT, 0, (LPARAM)(sz))


#define DTM_SETMCCOLOR    (DTM_FIRST + 6)
#define DateTime_SetMonthCalColor(hdp, iColor, clr) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETMCCOLOR, iColor, clr)

#define DTM_GETMCCOLOR    (DTM_FIRST + 7)
#define DateTime_GetMonthCalColor(hdp, iColor) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETMCCOLOR, iColor, 0)

// HWND DateTime_GetMonthCal(HWND hdp)
//   returns the HWND of the MonthCal popup window. Only valid
// between DTN_DROPDOWN and DTN_CLOSEUP notifications.
#define DTM_GETMONTHCAL   (DTM_FIRST + 8)
#define DateTime_GetMonthCal(hdp) (HWND)SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETMONTHCAL, 0, 0)

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

#define DTM_SETMCFONT     (DTM_FIRST + 9)
#define DateTime_SetMonthCalFont(hdp, hfont, fRedraw) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETMCFONT, (WPARAM)(hfont), (LPARAM)(fRedraw))

#define DTM_GETMCFONT     (DTM_FIRST + 10)
#define DateTime_GetMonthCalFont(hdp) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETMCFONT, 0, 0)

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)

#define DTM_SETMCSTYLE    (DTM_FIRST + 11)
#define DateTime_SetMonthCalStyle(hdp, dwStyle) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETMCSTYLE, 0, (LPARAM)dwStyle)

#define DTM_GETMCSTYLE    (DTM_FIRST + 12)
#define DateTime_GetMonthCalStyle(hdp) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETMCSTYLE, 0, 0)

#define DTM_CLOSEMONTHCAL (DTM_FIRST + 13)
#define DateTime_CloseMonthCal(hdp) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_CLOSEMONTHCAL, 0, 0)

// DateTime_GetDateTimePickerInfo(HWND hdp, DATETIMEPICKERINFO* pdtpi)
// Retrieves information about the selected date time picker.
#define DTM_GETDATETIMEPICKERINFO (DTM_FIRST + 14)
#define DateTime_GetDateTimePickerInfo(hdp, pdtpi) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETDATETIMEPICKERINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pdtpi))

#define DTM_GETIDEALSIZE (DTM_FIRST + 15)
#define DateTime_GetIdealSize(hdp, psize) (BOOL)SNDMSG((hdp), DTM_GETIDEALSIZE, 0, (LPARAM)(psize))

#endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)

// begin_r_commctrl

#define DTS_UPDOWN          0x0001 // use UPDOWN instead of MONTHCAL
#define DTS_SHOWNONE        0x0002 // allow a NONE selection
#define DTS_SHORTDATEFORMAT 0x0000 // use the short date format (app must forward WM_WININICHANGE messages)
#define DTS_LONGDATEFORMAT  0x0004 // use the long date format (app must forward WM_WININICHANGE messages)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x500)
#define DTS_SHORTDATECENTURYFORMAT 0x000C// short date format with century (app must forward WM_WININICHANGE messages)
#endif // (_WIN32_IE >= 0x500)
#define DTS_TIMEFORMAT      0x0009 // use the time format (app must forward WM_WININICHANGE messages)
#define DTS_APPCANPARSE     0x0010 // allow user entered strings (app MUST respond to DTN_USERSTRING)
#define DTS_RIGHTALIGN      0x0020 // right-align popup instead of left-align it

// end_r_commctrl

#define DTN_DATETIMECHANGE  (DTN_FIRST2 - 6) // the systemtime has changed, -759
typedef struct tagNMDATETIMECHANGE
{
    NMHDR       nmhdr;
    DWORD       dwFlags;    // GDT_VALID or GDT_NONE
    SYSTEMTIME  st;         // valid iff dwFlags==GDT_VALID
} NMDATETIMECHANGE, *LPNMDATETIMECHANGE;

#define DTN_USERSTRINGA  (DTN_FIRST2 - 5) // the user has entered a string, -758
#define DTN_USERSTRINGW  (DTN_FIRST - 5) // -745
typedef struct tagNMDATETIMESTRINGA
{
    NMHDR      nmhdr;
    LPCSTR     pszUserString;  // string user entered
    SYSTEMTIME st;             // app fills this in
    DWORD      dwFlags;        // GDT_VALID or GDT_NONE
} NMDATETIMESTRINGA, *LPNMDATETIMESTRINGA;

typedef struct tagNMDATETIMESTRINGW
{
    NMHDR      nmhdr;
    LPCWSTR    pszUserString;  // string user entered
    SYSTEMTIME st;             // app fills this in
    DWORD      dwFlags;        // GDT_VALID or GDT_NONE
} NMDATETIMESTRINGW, *LPNMDATETIMESTRINGW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTN_USERSTRING          DTN_USERSTRINGW
#define NMDATETIMESTRING        NMDATETIMESTRINGW
#define LPNMDATETIMESTRING      LPNMDATETIMESTRINGW
#else
#define DTN_USERSTRING          DTN_USERSTRINGA
#define NMDATETIMESTRING        NMDATETIMESTRINGA
#define LPNMDATETIMESTRING      LPNMDATETIMESTRINGA
#endif


#define DTN_WMKEYDOWNA  (DTN_FIRST2 - 4) // modify keydown on app format field (X), , -757
#define DTN_WMKEYDOWNW  (DTN_FIRST - 4) // -744
typedef struct tagNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA
{
    NMHDR      nmhdr;
    int        nVirtKey;  // virtual key code of WM_KEYDOWN which MODIFIES an X field
    LPCSTR     pszFormat; // format substring
    SYSTEMTIME st;        // current systemtime, app should modify based on key
} NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA, *LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA;

typedef struct tagNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW
{
    NMHDR      nmhdr;
    int        nVirtKey;  // virtual key code of WM_KEYDOWN which MODIFIES an X field
    LPCWSTR    pszFormat; // format substring
    SYSTEMTIME st;        // current systemtime, app should modify based on key
} NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW, *LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTN_WMKEYDOWN           DTN_WMKEYDOWNW
#define NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWN     NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW
#define LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWN   LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW
#else
#define DTN_WMKEYDOWN           DTN_WMKEYDOWNA
#define NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWN     NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA
#define LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWN   LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA
#endif


#define DTN_FORMATA  (DTN_FIRST2 - 3) // query display for app format field (X), -756
#define DTN_FORMATW  (DTN_FIRST - 3) // -743
typedef struct tagNMDATETIMEFORMATA
{
    NMHDR nmhdr;
    LPCSTR  pszFormat;   // format substring
    SYSTEMTIME st;       // current systemtime
    LPCSTR pszDisplay;   // string to display
    CHAR szDisplay[64];  // buffer pszDisplay originally points at
} NMDATETIMEFORMATA, *LPNMDATETIMEFORMATA;

typedef struct tagNMDATETIMEFORMATW
{
    NMHDR nmhdr;
    LPCWSTR pszFormat;   // format substring
    SYSTEMTIME st;       // current systemtime
    LPCWSTR pszDisplay;  // string to display
    WCHAR szDisplay[64]; // buffer pszDisplay originally points at
} NMDATETIMEFORMATW, *LPNMDATETIMEFORMATW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTN_FORMAT             DTN_FORMATW
#define NMDATETIMEFORMAT        NMDATETIMEFORMATW
#define LPNMDATETIMEFORMAT      LPNMDATETIMEFORMATW
#else
#define DTN_FORMAT             DTN_FORMATA
#define NMDATETIMEFORMAT        NMDATETIMEFORMATA
#define LPNMDATETIMEFORMAT      LPNMDATETIMEFORMATA
#endif


#define DTN_FORMATQUERYA  (DTN_FIRST2 - 2) // query formatting info for app format field (X), -755
#define DTN_FORMATQUERYW (DTN_FIRST - 2) // -742
typedef struct tagNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA
{
    NMHDR nmhdr;
    LPCSTR pszFormat;  // format substring
    SIZE szMax;        // max bounding rectangle app will use for this format string
} NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA, *LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA;

typedef struct tagNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW
{
    NMHDR nmhdr;
    LPCWSTR pszFormat; // format substring
    SIZE szMax;        // max bounding rectangle app will use for this format string
} NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW, *LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW;

#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTN_FORMATQUERY         DTN_FORMATQUERYW
#define NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERY   NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW
#define LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERY LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW
#else
#define DTN_FORMATQUERY         DTN_FORMATQUERYA
#define NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERY   NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA
#define LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERY LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA
#endif


#define DTN_DROPDOWN    (DTN_FIRST2 - 1) // MonthCal has dropped down, -754
#define DTN_CLOSEUP     (DTN_FIRST2) // MonthCal is popping up, -753


#define GDTR_MIN     0x0001
#define GDTR_MAX     0x0002

#define GDT_ERROR    -1
#define GDT_VALID    0
#define GDT_NONE     1


#endif // _WIN32
#endif // NODATETIMEPICK


#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

#ifndef NOIPADDRESS

///////////////////////////////////////////////
//    IP Address edit control

// Messages sent to IPAddress controls

#define IPM_CLEARADDRESS (WM_USER+100) // no parameters
#define IPM_SETADDRESS   (WM_USER+101) // lparam = TCP/IP address
#define IPM_GETADDRESS   (WM_USER+102) // lresult = # of non black fields.  lparam = LPDWORD for TCP/IP address
#define IPM_SETRANGE (WM_USER+103) // wparam = field, lparam = range
#define IPM_SETFOCUS (WM_USER+104) // wparam = field
#define IPM_ISBLANK  (WM_USER+105) // no parameters

#define WC_IPADDRESSW           L"SysIPAddress32"
#define WC_IPADDRESSA           "SysIPAddress32"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_IPADDRESS          WC_IPADDRESSW
#else
#define WC_IPADDRESS          WC_IPADDRESSA
#endif

#define IPN_FIELDCHANGED                (IPN_FIRST - 0)
typedef struct tagNMIPADDRESS
{
        NMHDR hdr;
        int iField;
        int iValue;
} NMIPADDRESS, *LPNMIPADDRESS;

// The following is a useful macro for passing the range values in the
// IPM_SETRANGE message.

#define MAKEIPRANGE(low, high)    ((LPARAM)(WORD)(((BYTE)(high) << 8) + (BYTE)(low)))

// And this is a useful macro for making the IP Address to be passed
// as a LPARAM.

#define MAKEIPADDRESS(b1,b2,b3,b4)  ((LPARAM)(((DWORD)(b1)<<24)+((DWORD)(b2)<<16)+((DWORD)(b3)<<8)+((DWORD)(b4))))

// Get individual number
#define FIRST_IPADDRESS(x)  (((x) >> 24) & 0xff)
#define SECOND_IPADDRESS(x) (((x) >> 16) & 0xff)
#define THIRD_IPADDRESS(x)  (((x) >> 8) & 0xff)
#define FOURTH_IPADDRESS(x) ((x) & 0xff)


#endif // NOIPADDRESS


//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//  ====================== Pager Control =============================
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

#ifndef NOPAGESCROLLER

//Pager Class Name
#define WC_PAGESCROLLERW           L"SysPager"
#define WC_PAGESCROLLERA           "SysPager"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_PAGESCROLLER          WC_PAGESCROLLERW
#else
#define WC_PAGESCROLLER          WC_PAGESCROLLERA
#endif


//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Pager Control Styles
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// begin_r_commctrl

#define PGS_VERT                0x00000000
#define PGS_HORZ                0x00000001
#define PGS_AUTOSCROLL          0x00000002
#define PGS_DRAGNDROP           0x00000004

// end_r_commctrl


//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Pager Button State
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//The scroll can be in one of the following control State
#define  PGF_INVISIBLE   0      // Scroll button is not visible
#define  PGF_NORMAL      1      // Scroll button is in normal state
#define  PGF_GRAYED      2      // Scroll button is in grayed state
#define  PGF_DEPRESSED   4      // Scroll button is in depressed state
#define  PGF_HOT         8      // Scroll button is in hot state


// The following identifiers specifies the button control
#define PGB_TOPORLEFT       0
#define PGB_BOTTOMORRIGHT   1

//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Pager Control  Messages
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define PGM_SETCHILD            (PGM_FIRST + 1)  // lParam == hwnd
#define Pager_SetChild(hwnd, hwndChild) \
        (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETCHILD, 0, (LPARAM)(hwndChild))

#define PGM_RECALCSIZE          (PGM_FIRST + 2)
#define Pager_RecalcSize(hwnd) \
        (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_RECALCSIZE, 0, 0)

#define PGM_FORWARDMOUSE        (PGM_FIRST + 3)
#define Pager_ForwardMouse(hwnd, bForward) \
        (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_FORWARDMOUSE, (WPARAM)(bForward), 0)

#define PGM_SETBKCOLOR          (PGM_FIRST + 4)
#define Pager_SetBkColor(hwnd, clr) \
        (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))

#define PGM_GETBKCOLOR          (PGM_FIRST + 5)
#define Pager_GetBkColor(hwnd) \
        (COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETBKCOLOR, 0, 0)

#define PGM_SETBORDER          (PGM_FIRST + 6)
#define Pager_SetBorder(hwnd, iBorder) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETBORDER, 0, (LPARAM)(iBorder))

#define PGM_GETBORDER          (PGM_FIRST + 7)
#define Pager_GetBorder(hwnd) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETBORDER, 0, 0)

#define PGM_SETPOS              (PGM_FIRST + 8)
#define Pager_SetPos(hwnd, iPos) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETPOS, 0, (LPARAM)(iPos))

#define PGM_GETPOS              (PGM_FIRST + 9)
#define Pager_GetPos(hwnd) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETPOS, 0, 0)

#define PGM_SETBUTTONSIZE       (PGM_FIRST + 10)
#define Pager_SetButtonSize(hwnd, iSize) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETBUTTONSIZE, 0, (LPARAM)(iSize))

#define PGM_GETBUTTONSIZE       (PGM_FIRST + 11)
#define Pager_GetButtonSize(hwnd) \
        (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETBUTTONSIZE, 0,0)

#define PGM_GETBUTTONSTATE      (PGM_FIRST + 12)
#define Pager_GetButtonState(hwnd, iButton) \
        (DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETBUTTONSTATE, 0, (LPARAM)(iButton))

#define PGM_GETDROPTARGET       CCM_GETDROPTARGET
#define Pager_GetDropTarget(hwnd, ppdt) \
        (void)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETDROPTARGET, 0, (LPARAM)(ppdt))
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//Pager Control Notification Messages
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


// PGN_SCROLL Notification Message

#define PGN_SCROLL          (PGN_FIRST-1)

#define PGF_SCROLLUP        1
#define PGF_SCROLLDOWN      2
#define PGF_SCROLLLEFT      4
#define PGF_SCROLLRIGHT     8


//Keys down
#define PGK_SHIFT           1
#define PGK_CONTROL         2
#define PGK_MENU            4


// This structure is sent along with PGN_SCROLL notifications
typedef struct {
    NMHDR hdr;
    WORD fwKeys;            // Specifies which keys are down when this notification is send
    RECT rcParent;          // Contains Parent Window Rect
    int  iDir;              // Scrolling Direction
    int  iXpos;             // Horizontal scroll position
    int  iYpos;             // Vertical scroll position
    int  iScroll;           // [in/out] Amount to scroll
}NMPGSCROLL, *LPNMPGSCROLL;


// PGN_CALCSIZE Notification Message

#define PGN_CALCSIZE        (PGN_FIRST-2)

#define PGF_CALCWIDTH       1
#define PGF_CALCHEIGHT      2

typedef struct {
    NMHDR   hdr;
    DWORD   dwFlag;
    int     iWidth;
    int     iHeight;
}NMPGCALCSIZE, *LPNMPGCALCSIZE;


// PGN_HOTITEMCHANGE Notification Message

#define PGN_HOTITEMCHANGE   (PGN_FIRST-3)

/*
The PGN_HOTITEMCHANGE notification uses these notification
flags defined in TOOLBAR:

#define HICF_ENTERING       0x00000010          // idOld is invalid
#define HICF_LEAVING        0x00000020          // idNew is invalid
*/

// Structure for PGN_HOTITEMCHANGE notification
//
typedef struct tagNMPGHOTITEM
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    int     idOld;
    int     idNew;
    DWORD   dwFlags;           // HICF_*
} NMPGHOTITEM, * LPNMPGHOTITEM;

#endif // NOPAGESCROLLER

////======================  End Pager Control ==========================================

//
// === Native Font Control ===
//
#ifndef NONATIVEFONTCTL
//NativeFont Class Name
#define WC_NATIVEFONTCTLW           L"NativeFontCtl"
#define WC_NATIVEFONTCTLA           "NativeFontCtl"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_NATIVEFONTCTL          WC_NATIVEFONTCTLW
#else
#define WC_NATIVEFONTCTL          WC_NATIVEFONTCTLA
#endif

// begin_r_commctrl

// style definition
#define NFS_EDIT                0x0001
#define NFS_STATIC              0x0002
#define NFS_LISTCOMBO           0x0004
#define NFS_BUTTON              0x0008
#define NFS_ALL                 0x0010
#define NFS_USEFONTASSOC        0x0020

// end_r_commctrl

#endif // NONATIVEFONTCTL
// === End Native Font Control ===

// ====================== Button Control =============================

#ifndef NOBUTTON

#ifdef _WIN32

// Button Class Name
#define WC_BUTTONA              "Button"
#define WC_BUTTONW              L"Button"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_BUTTON               WC_BUTTONW
#else
#define WC_BUTTON               WC_BUTTONA
#endif

#else
#define WC_BUTTON               "Button"
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_LEFT     0
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_RIGHT    1
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_TOP      2
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_BOTTOM   3
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_CENTER   4       // Doesn't draw text

typedef struct
{
    HIMAGELIST  himl;   // Images: Normal, Hot, Pushed, Disabled. If count is less than 4, we use index 1
    RECT        margin; // Margin around icon.
    UINT        uAlign;
} BUTTON_IMAGELIST, *PBUTTON_IMAGELIST;

#define BCM_GETIDEALSIZE        (BCM_FIRST + 0x0001)
#define Button_GetIdealSize(hwnd, psize)\
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETIDEALSIZE, 0, (LPARAM)(psize))

#define BCM_SETIMAGELIST        (BCM_FIRST + 0x0002)
#define Button_SetImageList(hwnd, pbuttonImagelist)\
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETIMAGELIST, 0, (LPARAM)(pbuttonImagelist))

#define BCM_GETIMAGELIST        (BCM_FIRST + 0x0003)
#define Button_GetImageList(hwnd, pbuttonImagelist)\
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETIMAGELIST, 0, (LPARAM)(pbuttonImagelist))

#define BCM_SETTEXTMARGIN       (BCM_FIRST + 0x0004)
#define Button_SetTextMargin(hwnd, pmargin)\
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETTEXTMARGIN, 0, (LPARAM)(pmargin))
#define BCM_GETTEXTMARGIN       (BCM_FIRST + 0x0005)
#define Button_GetTextMargin(hwnd, pmargin)\
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETTEXTMARGIN, 0, (LPARAM)(pmargin))

typedef struct tagNMBCHOTITEM
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    DWORD   dwFlags;           // HICF_*
} NMBCHOTITEM, * LPNMBCHOTITEM;

#define BCN_HOTITEMCHANGE       (BCN_FIRST + 0x0001)

#define BST_HOT            0x0200

#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600

// BUTTON STATE FLAGS
#define BST_DROPDOWNPUSHED      0x0400

// begin_r_commctrl

// BUTTON STYLES
#define BS_SPLITBUTTON          0x0000000CL
#define BS_DEFSPLITBUTTON       0x0000000DL
#define BS_COMMANDLINK          0x0000000EL
#define BS_DEFCOMMANDLINK       0x0000000FL

// SPLIT BUTTON INFO mask flags
#define BCSIF_GLYPH             0x0001
#define BCSIF_IMAGE             0x0002
#define BCSIF_STYLE             0x0004
#define BCSIF_SIZE              0x0008

// SPLIT BUTTON STYLE flags
#define BCSS_NOSPLIT            0x0001
#define BCSS_STRETCH            0x0002
#define BCSS_ALIGNLEFT          0x0004
#define BCSS_IMAGE              0x0008

// end_r_commctrl

// BUTTON STRUCTURES
typedef struct tagBUTTON_SPLITINFO
{
    UINT        mask;
    HIMAGELIST  himlGlyph;         // interpreted as WCHAR if BCSIF_GLYPH is set
    UINT        uSplitStyle;
    SIZE        size;
} BUTTON_SPLITINFO, * PBUTTON_SPLITINFO;

// BUTTON MESSAGES
#define BCM_SETDROPDOWNSTATE     (BCM_FIRST + 0x0006)
#define Button_SetDropDownState(hwnd, fDropDown) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETDROPDOWNSTATE, (WPARAM)(fDropDown), 0)

#define BCM_SETSPLITINFO         (BCM_FIRST + 0x0007)
#define Button_SetSplitInfo(hwnd, pInfo) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETSPLITINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pInfo))

#define BCM_GETSPLITINFO         (BCM_FIRST + 0x0008)
#define Button_GetSplitInfo(hwnd, pInfo) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETSPLITINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pInfo))

#define BCM_SETNOTE              (BCM_FIRST + 0x0009)
#define Button_SetNote(hwnd, psz) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETNOTE, 0, (LPARAM)(psz))

#define BCM_GETNOTE              (BCM_FIRST + 0x000A)
#define Button_GetNote(hwnd, psz, pcc) \
    (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETNOTE, (WPARAM)pcc, (LPARAM)psz)

#define BCM_GETNOTELENGTH        (BCM_FIRST + 0x000B)
#define Button_GetNoteLength(hwnd) \
    (LRESULT)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETNOTELENGTH, 0, 0)


#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
// Macro to use on a button or command link to display an elevated icon
#define BCM_SETSHIELD            (BCM_FIRST + 0x000C)
#define Button_SetElevationRequiredState(hwnd, fRequired) \
    (LRESULT)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETSHIELD, 0, (LPARAM)fRequired)
#endif /* _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600 */

// Value to pass to BCM_SETIMAGELIST to indicate that no glyph should be
// displayed
#define BCCL_NOGLYPH  (HIMAGELIST)(-1)

// NOTIFICATION MESSAGES
typedef struct tagNMBCDROPDOWN
{
    NMHDR   hdr;
    RECT    rcButton;
} NMBCDROPDOWN, * LPNMBCDROPDOWN;

#define BCN_DROPDOWN            (BCN_FIRST + 0x0002)

#endif // _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x600

#endif // NOBUTTON

// =====================  End Button Control =========================

// ====================== Static Control =============================

#ifndef NOSTATIC

#ifdef _WIN32

// Static Class Name
#define WC_STATICA              "Static"
#define WC_STATICW              L"Static"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_STATIC               WC_STATICW
#else
#define WC_STATIC               WC_STATICA
#endif

#else
#define WC_STATIC               "Static"
#endif

#endif // NOSTATIC

// =====================  End Static Control =========================

// ====================== Edit Control =============================

#ifndef NOEDIT

#ifdef _WIN32

// Edit Class Name
#define WC_EDITA                "Edit"
#define WC_EDITW                L"Edit"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_EDIT                 WC_EDITW
#else
#define WC_EDIT                 WC_EDITA
#endif

#else
#define WC_EDIT                 "Edit"
#endif

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
#define EM_SETCUEBANNER     (ECM_FIRST + 1)     // Set the cue banner with the lParm = LPCWSTR
#define Edit_SetCueBannerText(hwnd, lpcwText) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_SETCUEBANNER, 0, (LPARAM)(lpcwText))
#define Edit_SetCueBannerTextFocused(hwnd, lpcwText, fDrawFocused) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_SETCUEBANNER, (WPARAM)fDrawFocused, (LPARAM)lpcwText)
#define EM_GETCUEBANNER     (ECM_FIRST + 2)     // Set the cue banner with the lParm = LPCWSTR
#define Edit_GetCueBannerText(hwnd, lpwText, cchText) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_GETCUEBANNER, (WPARAM)(lpwText), (LPARAM)(cchText))

typedef struct _tagEDITBALLOONTIP
{
    DWORD   cbStruct;
    LPCWSTR pszTitle;
    LPCWSTR pszText;
    INT     ttiIcon; // From TTI_*
} EDITBALLOONTIP, *PEDITBALLOONTIP;
#define EM_SHOWBALLOONTIP   (ECM_FIRST + 3)     // Show a balloon tip associated to the edit control
#define Edit_ShowBalloonTip(hwnd, peditballoontip) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_SHOWBALLOONTIP, 0, (LPARAM)(peditballoontip))
#define EM_HIDEBALLOONTIP   (ECM_FIRST + 4)     // Hide any balloon tip associated with the edit control
#define Edit_HideBalloonTip(hwnd) \
        (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_HIDEBALLOONTIP, 0, 0)
#endif

#if _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
#define EM_SETHILITE        (ECM_FIRST + 5)
#define Edit_SetHilite(hwndCtl, ichStart, ichEnd)  ((void)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_SETHILITE, (ichStart), (ichEnd)))
#define EM_GETHILITE        (ECM_FIRST + 6)
#define Edit_GetHilite(hwndCtl)                    ((DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_GETHILITE, 0L, 0L))


#endif



#endif // NOEDIT

// =====================  End Edit Control =========================

// ====================== Listbox Control =============================

#ifndef NOLISTBOX

#ifdef _WIN32

// Listbox Class Name
#define WC_LISTBOXA             "ListBox"
#define WC_LISTBOXW             L"ListBox"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_LISTBOX              WC_LISTBOXW
#else
#define WC_LISTBOX              WC_LISTBOXA
#endif

#else
#define WC_LISTBOX              "ListBox"
#endif

#endif // NOLISTBOX


// =====================  End Listbox Control =========================

// ====================== Combobox Control =============================

#ifndef NOCOMBOBOX

#ifdef _WIN32

// Combobox Class Name
#define WC_COMBOBOXA            "ComboBox"
#define WC_COMBOBOXW            L"ComboBox"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_COMBOBOX             WC_COMBOBOXW
#else
#define WC_COMBOBOX             WC_COMBOBOXA
#endif

#else
#define WC_COMBOBOX             "ComboBox"
#endif

#endif // NOCOMBOBOX


#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)

// custom combobox control messages
#define CB_SETMINVISIBLE        (CBM_FIRST + 1)
#define CB_GETMINVISIBLE        (CBM_FIRST + 2)
#define CB_SETCUEBANNER         (CBM_FIRST + 3)
#define CB_GETCUEBANNER         (CBM_FIRST + 4)

#define ComboBox_SetMinVisible(hwnd, iMinVisible) \
            (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), CB_SETMINVISIBLE, (WPARAM)(iMinVisible), 0)

#define ComboBox_GetMinVisible(hwnd) \
            (int)SNDMSG((hwnd), CB_GETMINVISIBLE, 0, 0)

#define ComboBox_SetCueBannerText(hwnd, lpcwText)   \
            (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), CB_SETCUEBANNER, 0, (LPARAM)(lpcwText))

#define ComboBox_GetCueBannerText(hwnd, lpwText, cchText) \
            (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), CB_GETCUEBANNER, (WPARAM)(lpwText), (LPARAM)(cchText))

#endif

// =====================  End Combobox Control =========================

// ====================== Scrollbar Control ============================

#ifndef NOSCROLLBAR

#ifdef _WIN32

// Scrollbar Class Name
#define WC_SCROLLBARA            "ScrollBar"
#define WC_SCROLLBARW            L"ScrollBar"

#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_SCROLLBAR             WC_SCROLLBARW
#else
#define WC_SCROLLBAR             WC_SCROLLBARA
#endif

#else
#define WC_SCROLLBAR             "ScrollBar"
#endif

#endif // NOSCROLLBAR


// ===================== End Scrollbar Control =========================

// ===================== Task Dialog =========================
#ifndef NOTASKDIALOG


typedef HRESULT (CALLBACK *PFTASKDIALOGCALLBACK)(__in HWND hwnd, __in UINT msg, __in WPARAM wParam, __in LPARAM lParam, __in LONG_PTR lpRefData);

enum _TASKDIALOG_FLAGS
{
    TDF_ENABLE_HYPERLINKS               = 0x0001,
    TDF_USE_HICON_MAIN                  = 0x0002,
    TDF_USE_HICON_FOOTER                = 0x0004,
    TDF_ALLOW_DIALOG_CANCELLATION       = 0x0008,
    TDF_USE_COMMAND_LINKS               = 0x0010,
    TDF_USE_COMMAND_LINKS_NO_ICON       = 0x0020,
    TDF_EXPAND_FOOTER_AREA              = 0x0040,
    TDF_EXPANDED_BY_DEFAULT             = 0x0080,
    TDF_VERIFICATION_FLAG_CHECKED       = 0x0100,
    TDF_SHOW_PROGRESS_BAR               = 0x0200,
    TDF_SHOW_MARQUEE_PROGRESS_BAR       = 0x0400,
    TDF_CALLBACK_TIMER                  = 0x0800,
    TDF_POSITION_RELATIVE_TO_WINDOW     = 0x1000,
    TDF_RTL_LAYOUT                      = 0x2000,
    TDF_NO_DEFAULT_RADIO_BUTTON         = 0x4000,
    TDF_CAN_BE_MINIMIZED                = 0x8000
};
typedef int TASKDIALOG_FLAGS;                         // Note: _TASKDIALOG_FLAGS is an int

typedef enum _TASKDIALOG_MESSAGES
{
    TDM_NAVIGATE_PAGE                   = WM_USER+101,
    TDM_CLICK_BUTTON                    = WM_USER+102, // wParam = Button ID
    TDM_SET_MARQUEE_PROGRESS_BAR        = WM_USER+103, // wParam = 0 (nonMarque) wParam != 0 (Marquee)
    TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_STATE          = WM_USER+104, // wParam = new progress state
    TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_RANGE          = WM_USER+105, // lParam = MAKELPARAM(nMinRange, nMaxRange)
    TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_POS            = WM_USER+106, // wParam = new position
    TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_MARQUEE        = WM_USER+107, // wParam = 0 (stop marquee), wParam != 0 (start marquee), lparam = speed (milliseconds between repaints)
    TDM_SET_ELEMENT_TEXT                = WM_USER+108, // wParam = element (TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS), lParam = new element text (LPCWSTR)
    TDM_CLICK_RADIO_BUTTON              = WM_USER+110, // wParam = Radio Button ID
    TDM_ENABLE_BUTTON                   = WM_USER+111, // lParam = 0 (disable), lParam != 0 (enable), wParam = Button ID
    TDM_ENABLE_RADIO_BUTTON             = WM_USER+112, // lParam = 0 (disable), lParam != 0 (enable), wParam = Radio Button ID
    TDM_CLICK_VERIFICATION              = WM_USER+113, // wParam = 0 (unchecked), 1 (checked), lParam = 1 (set key focus)
    TDM_UPDATE_ELEMENT_TEXT             = WM_USER+114, // wParam = element (TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS), lParam = new element text (LPCWSTR)
    TDM_SET_BUTTON_ELEVATION_REQUIRED_STATE = WM_USER+115, // wParam = Button ID, lParam = 0 (elevation not required), lParam != 0 (elevation required)
    TDM_UPDATE_ICON                     = WM_USER+116  // wParam = icon element (TASKDIALOG_ICON_ELEMENTS), lParam = new icon (hIcon if TDF_USE_HICON_* was set, PCWSTR otherwise)
} TASKDIALOG_MESSAGES;

typedef enum _TASKDIALOG_NOTIFICATIONS
{
    TDN_CREATED                         = 0,
    TDN_NAVIGATED                       = 1,
    TDN_BUTTON_CLICKED                  = 2,            // wParam = Button ID
    TDN_HYPERLINK_CLICKED               = 3,            // lParam = (LPCWSTR)pszHREF
    TDN_TIMER                           = 4,            // wParam = Milliseconds since dialog created or timer reset
    TDN_DESTROYED                       = 5,
    TDN_RADIO_BUTTON_CLICKED            = 6,            // wParam = Radio Button ID
    TDN_DIALOG_CONSTRUCTED              = 7,
    TDN_VERIFICATION_CLICKED            = 8,             // wParam = 1 if checkbox checked, 0 if not, lParam is unused and always 0
    TDN_HELP                            = 9,
    TDN_EXPANDO_BUTTON_CLICKED          = 10            // wParam = 0 (dialog is now collapsed), wParam != 0 (dialog is now expanded)
} TASKDIALOG_NOTIFICATIONS;

typedef struct _TASKDIALOG_BUTTON
{
    int     nButtonID;
    PCWSTR  pszButtonText;
} TASKDIALOG_BUTTON;

typedef enum _TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS
{
    TDE_CONTENT,
    TDE_EXPANDED_INFORMATION,
    TDE_FOOTER,
    TDE_MAIN_INSTRUCTION
} TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS;

typedef enum _TASKDIALOG_ICON_ELEMENTS
{
    TDIE_ICON_MAIN,
    TDIE_ICON_FOOTER
} TASKDIALOG_ICON_ELEMENTS;

#define TD_WARNING_ICON         MAKEINTRESOURCEW(-1)
#define TD_ERROR_ICON           MAKEINTRESOURCEW(-2)
#define TD_INFORMATION_ICON     MAKEINTRESOURCEW(-3)
#define TD_SHIELD_ICON          MAKEINTRESOURCEW(-4)


enum _TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS
{
    TDCBF_OK_BUTTON            = 0x0001, // selected control return value IDOK
    TDCBF_YES_BUTTON           = 0x0002, // selected control return value IDYES
    TDCBF_NO_BUTTON            = 0x0004, // selected control return value IDNO
    TDCBF_CANCEL_BUTTON        = 0x0008, // selected control return value IDCANCEL
    TDCBF_RETRY_BUTTON         = 0x0010, // selected control return value IDRETRY
    TDCBF_CLOSE_BUTTON         = 0x0020  // selected control return value IDCLOSE
};
typedef int TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS;           // Note: _TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS is an int

typedef struct _TASKDIALOGCONFIG
{
    UINT        cbSize;
    HWND        hwndParent;
    HINSTANCE   hInstance;                              // used for MAKEINTRESOURCE() strings
    TASKDIALOG_FLAGS                dwFlags;            // TASKDIALOG_FLAGS (TDF_XXX) flags
    TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS  dwCommonButtons;    // TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON (TDCBF_XXX) flags
    PCWSTR      pszWindowTitle;                         // string or MAKEINTRESOURCE()
    union
    {
        HICON   hMainIcon;
        PCWSTR  pszMainIcon;
    };
    PCWSTR      pszMainInstruction;
    PCWSTR      pszContent;
    UINT        cButtons;
    const TASKDIALOG_BUTTON  *pButtons;
    int         nDefaultButton;
    UINT        cRadioButtons;
    const TASKDIALOG_BUTTON  *pRadioButtons;
    int         nDefaultRadioButton;
    PCWSTR      pszVerificationText;
    PCWSTR      pszExpandedInformation;
    PCWSTR      pszExpandedControlText;
    PCWSTR      pszCollapsedControlText;
    union
    {
        HICON   hFooterIcon;
        PCWSTR  pszFooterIcon;
    };
    PCWSTR      pszFooter;
    PFTASKDIALOGCALLBACK pfCallback;
    LONG_PTR    lpCallbackData;
    UINT        cxWidth;                                // width of the Task Dialog's client area in DLU's. If 0, Task Dialog will calculate the ideal width.
} TASKDIALOGCONFIG;

WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI TaskDialogIndirect(const TASKDIALOGCONFIG *pTaskConfig, __out_opt int *pnButton, __out_opt int *pnRadioButton, __out_opt BOOL *pfVerificationFlagChecked);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI TaskDialog(__in_opt HWND hwndParent, __in_opt HINSTANCE hInstance, __in_opt PCWSTR pszWindowTitle, __in_opt PCWSTR pszMainInstruction, __in_opt PCWSTR pszContent, TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS dwCommonButtons, __in_opt PCWSTR pszIcon, __out_opt int *pnButton);


#endif // NOTASKDIALOG

// ==================== End TaskDialog =======================


//
// === MUI APIs ===
//
#ifndef NOMUI
void WINAPI InitMUILanguage(LANGID uiLang);


LANGID WINAPI GetMUILanguage(void);
#endif  // NOMUI

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#ifndef NO_COMMCTRL_DA
#define __COMMCTRL_DA_DEFINED__
//
//====== Dynamic Array routines ==========================================
//
// Note that the STL and other libraries have similar functionality.
// The routines here are specific to Windows and may not be as convenient
// or fully functional as those in other libraries.
//

#define DA_LAST         (0x7FFFFFFF)
#define DA_ERR          (-1)

typedef int (CALLBACK *PFNDAENUMCALLBACK)(__in void *p, __in_opt void *pData);
typedef int (CALLBACK *PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST)(__in const void *p, __in_opt void *pData);
typedef int (CALLBACK *PFNDACOMPARE)(__in void *p1, __in void *p2, __in LPARAM lParam);
typedef int (CALLBACK *PFNDACOMPARECONST)(__in const void *p1, __in const void *p2, __in LPARAM lParam);

// Dynamic structure array
struct _DSA;
typedef struct _DSA *HDSA;


WINCOMMCTRLAPI HDSA   WINAPI DSA_Create(int cbItem, int cItemGrow);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL   WINAPI DSA_Destroy(__in HDSA hdsa);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI void   WINAPI DSA_DestroyCallback(__in HDSA hdsa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACK pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData);
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C++" __inline void DSA_DestroyCallback(__in HDSA hdsa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData)
{
    DSA_DestroyCallback(hdsa, (PFNDAENUMCALLBACK)pfnCB, pData);
}
#endif
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL   WINAPI DSA_DeleteItem(__in HDSA hdsa, __in int i);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL   WINAPI DSA_DeleteAllItems(__in HDSA hdsa);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI void   WINAPI DSA_EnumCallback(__in HDSA hdsa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACK pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData);
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C++" __inline void DSA_EnumCallback(__in HDSA hdsa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData)
{
    DSA_EnumCallback(hdsa, (PFNDAENUMCALLBACK)pfnCB, pData);
}
#endif
WINCOMMCTRLAPI int    WINAPI DSA_InsertItem(__in HDSA hdsa, __in int i, __in const void *pitem);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI PVOID  WINAPI DSA_GetItemPtr(__in HDSA hdsa, __in int i);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL   WINAPI DSA_GetItem(__in HDSA hdsa, __in int i, __out_xcount(pdsa->cbItem) void *pitem);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL   WINAPI DSA_SetItem(__in HDSA hdsa, __in int i, __in const void *pitem);
#define DSA_GetItemCount(hdsa)      (*(int *)(hdsa))
#define DSA_AppendItem(hdsa, pitem) DSA_InsertItem(hdsa, DA_LAST, pitem)

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HDSA   WINAPI DSA_Clone(__in HDSA hdsa);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI ULONGLONG WINAPI DSA_GetSize(__in HDSA hdsa);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL   WINAPI DSA_Sort(__in HDSA pdsa, __in PFNDACOMPARE pfnCompare, __in LPARAM lParam);
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C++" __inline BOOL DSA_Sort(__in HDSA hdsa, __in PFNDACOMPARECONST pfnCompare, __in LPARAM lParam)
{
    return DSA_Sort(hdsa, (PFNDACOMPARE)(pfnCompare), lParam);
}
#endif
#endif  // NTDDI_LONGHORN

#define DSA_APPEND      DA_LAST
#define DSA_ERR         DA_ERR

#define PFNDSAENUMCALLBACK          PFNDAENUMCALLBACK
#define PFNDSAENUMCALLBACKCONST     PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST
#define PFNDSACOMPARE               PFNDACOMPARE
#define PFNDSACOMPARECONST          PFNDACOMPARECONST

// Dynamic pointer array
struct _DPA;
typedef struct _DPA *HDPA;


WINCOMMCTRLAPI HDPA   WINAPI DPA_Create(int cItemGrow);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HDPA   WINAPI DPA_CreateEx(__in int cpGrow, __in_opt HANDLE hheap);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HDPA   WINAPI DPA_Clone(__in const HDPA hdpa, __in HDPA hdpaNew);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL   WINAPI DPA_Destroy(__in HDPA hdpa);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI void   WINAPI DPA_DestroyCallback(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACK pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData);
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C++" __inline void DPA_DestroyCallback(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData)
{
    DPA_DestroyCallback(hdpa, (PFNDAENUMCALLBACK)pfnCB, pData);
}
#endif
WINCOMMCTRLAPI PVOID  WINAPI DPA_DeletePtr(__in HDPA hdpa, __in int i);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL   WINAPI DPA_DeleteAllPtrs(__in HDPA hdpa);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI void   WINAPI DPA_EnumCallback(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACK pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData);
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C++" __inline void DPA_EnumCallback(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST pfnCB, __in_opt void *pData)
{
    DPA_EnumCallback(hdpa, (PFNDAENUMCALLBACK)pfnCB, pData);
}
#endif
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL   WINAPI DPA_Grow(__in HDPA pdpa, __in int cp);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI int    WINAPI DPA_InsertPtr(__in HDPA hdpa, __in int i, __in_opt void *p);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL   WINAPI DPA_SetPtr(__in HDPA hdpa, __in int i, __in_opt void *p);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI PVOID  WINAPI DPA_GetPtr(__in HDPA hdpa, __in INT_PTR i);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI int    WINAPI DPA_GetPtrIndex(__in HDPA hdpa, __in const void *p);

#define DPA_GetPtrCount(hdpa)       (*(int *)(hdpa))
#define DPA_FastDeleteLastPtr(hdpa) (--*(int *)(hdpa))
#define DPA_GetPtrPtr(hdpa)         (*((void * **)((BYTE *)(hdpa) + sizeof(void *))))
#define DPA_FastGetPtr(hdpa, i)     (DPA_GetPtrPtr(hdpa)[i])
#define DPA_AppendPtr(hdpa, pitem)  DPA_InsertPtr(hdpa, DA_LAST, pitem)

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)
WINCOMMCTRLAPI ULONGLONG WINAPI DPA_GetSize(__in HDPA hdpa);
#endif  // NTDDI_LONGHORN

WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL   WINAPI DPA_Sort(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDACOMPARE pfnCompare, __in LPARAM lParam);
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C++" __inline BOOL DPA_Sort(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDACOMPARECONST pfnCompare, __in LPARAM lParam)
{
    return DPA_Sort(hdpa, (PFNDACOMPARE)(pfnCompare), lParam);
}
#endif

//
// Save to and load from a stream.  The stream callback gets a pointer to
// a DPASTREAMINFO structure.
//
// For DPA_SaveStream, the callback is responsible for writing the pvItem
// info to the stream.  (It's not necessary to write the iPos to the
// stream.)  Return S_OK if the element was saved, S_FALSE if it wasn't
// but continue anyway, or some failure.
//
// For DPA_LoadStream, the callback is responsible for allocating an
// item and setting the pvItem field to the new pointer.  Return S_OK
// if the element was loaded, S_FALSE it it wasn't but continue anyway,
// or some failure.
//

typedef struct _DPASTREAMINFO
{
    int    iPos;        // Index of item
    void *pvItem;
} DPASTREAMINFO;

struct IStream;
typedef HRESULT (CALLBACK *PFNDPASTREAM)(__in DPASTREAMINFO * pinfo, __in struct IStream * pstream, __in_opt void *pvInstData);

WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI DPA_LoadStream(__out HDPA * phdpa, __in PFNDPASTREAM pfn, __in struct IStream * pstream, __in_opt void *pvInstData);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI DPA_SaveStream(__in HDPA hdpa, __in PFNDPASTREAM pfn, __in struct IStream * pstream, __in_opt void *pvInstData);

// Merge two DPAs.  This takes two (optionally) presorted arrays and merges
// the source array into the dest.  DPA_Merge uses the provided callbacks
// to perform comparison and merge operations.  The merge callback is
// called when two elements (one in each list) match according to the
// compare function.  This allows portions of an element in one list to
// be merged with the respective element in the second list.
//
// The first DPA (hdpaDest) is the output array.
//
// Merge options:
//
//    DPAM_SORTED       The arrays are already sorted; don't sort
//    DPAM_UNION        The resulting array is the union of all elements
//                      in both arrays (DPAMM_INSERT may be sent for
//                      this merge option.)
//    DPAM_INTERSECT    Only elements in the source array that intersect
//                      with the dest array are merged.  (DPAMM_DELETE
//                      may be sent for this merge option.)
//    DPAM_NORMAL       Like DPAM_INTERSECT except the dest array
//                      also maintains its original, additional elements.
//
#define DPAM_SORTED             0x00000001
#define DPAM_NORMAL             0x00000002
#define DPAM_UNION              0x00000004
#define DPAM_INTERSECT          0x00000008

// The merge callback should merge contents of the two items and return
// the pointer of the merged item.  It's okay to simply use pvDest
// as the returned pointer.
//
typedef void* (CALLBACK *PFNDPAMERGE)(__in UINT uMsg, __in void *pvDest, __in void *pvSrc, __in LPARAM lParam);
typedef const void* (CALLBACK *PFNDPAMERGECONST)(__in UINT uMsg, __in const void *pvDest, __in const void *pvSrc, __in LPARAM lParam);

// Messages for merge callback
#define DPAMM_MERGE     1
#define DPAMM_DELETE    2
#define DPAMM_INSERT    3

WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI DPA_Merge(__in HDPA hdpaDest, __in HDPA hdpaSrc, __in DWORD dwFlags, __in PFNDACOMPARE pfnCompare, __in PFNDPAMERGE pfnMerge, __in LPARAM lParam);
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C++" __inline BOOL DPA_Merge(__in HDPA hdpaDest, __in HDPA hdpaSrc, __in DWORD dwFlags, __in PFNDACOMPARECONST pfnCompare, __in PFNDPAMERGECONST pfnMerge, __in LPARAM lParam)
{
    return DPA_Merge(hdpaDest, hdpaSrc, dwFlags, (PFNDACOMPARE)pfnCompare, (PFNDPAMERGE)pfnMerge, lParam);
}
#endif

//
// Search array.  If DPAS_SORTED, then array is assumed to be sorted
// according to pfnCompare, and binary search algorithm is used.
// Otherwise, linear search is used.
//
// Searching starts at iStart (0 to start search at beginning).
//
// DPAS_INSERTBEFORE/AFTER govern what happens if an exact match is not
// found.  If neither are specified, this function returns -1 if no exact
// match is found.  Otherwise, the index of the item before or after the
// closest (including exact) match is returned.
//
// Search option flags
//
#define DPAS_SORTED             0x0001
#define DPAS_INSERTBEFORE       0x0002
#define DPAS_INSERTAFTER        0x0004

WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI DPA_Search(__in HDPA hdpa, __in_opt void *pFind, __in int iStart, __in PFNDACOMPARE pfnCompare, __in LPARAM lParam, __in UINT options);
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C++" __inline int DPA_Search(__in HDPA hdpa, __in_opt const void *pFind, __in int iStart, __in PFNDACOMPARECONST pfnCompare, __in LPARAM lParam, __in UINT options)
{
    return DPA_Search(hdpa, const_cast<void *>(pFind), iStart, (PFNDACOMPARE)pfnCompare, lParam, options);
}
#endif

#define DPA_SortedInsertPtr(hdpa, pFind, iStart, pfnCompare, lParam, options, pitem)  \
            DPA_InsertPtr(hdpa, DPA_Search(hdpa, pFind, iStart, pfnCompare, lParam, (DPAS_SORTED | (options))), (pitem))

#define DPA_APPEND      DA_LAST
#define DPA_ERR         DA_ERR

#define PFNDPAENUMCALLBACK          PFNDAENUMCALLBACK
#define PFNDPAENUMCALLBACKCONST     PFNDAENUMCALLBACKCONST
#define PFNDPACOMPARE               PFNDACOMPARE
#define PFNDPACOMPARECONST          PFNDACOMPARECONST

#endif // NO_COMMCTRL_DA


WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI Str_SetPtrW(__deref_inout_opt LPWSTR * ppsz, LPCWSTR psz);

#ifdef _WIN32
//====== TrackMouseEvent  =====================================================

#ifndef NOTRACKMOUSEEVENT

//
// If the messages for TrackMouseEvent have not been defined then define them
// now.
//
#ifndef WM_MOUSEHOVER
#define WM_MOUSEHOVER                   0x02A1
#define WM_MOUSELEAVE                   0x02A3
#endif

//
// If the TRACKMOUSEEVENT structure and associated flags havent been declared
// then declare them now.
//
#ifndef TME_HOVER

#define TME_HOVER       0x00000001
#define TME_LEAVE       0x00000002
#if (WINVER >= 0x0500)
#define TME_NONCLIENT   0x00000010
#endif /* WINVER >= 0x0500 */
#define TME_QUERY       0x40000000
#define TME_CANCEL      0x80000000



#define HOVER_DEFAULT   0xFFFFFFFF

typedef struct tagTRACKMOUSEEVENT {
    DWORD cbSize;
    DWORD dwFlags;
    HWND  hwndTrack;
    DWORD dwHoverTime;
} TRACKMOUSEEVENT, *LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT;

#endif // !TME_HOVER


//
// Declare _TrackMouseEvent.  This API tries to use the window manager's
// implementation of TrackMouseEvent if it is present, otherwise it emulates.
//
WINCOMMCTRLAPI
BOOL
WINAPI
_TrackMouseEvent(
    __inout LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT lpEventTrack);

#endif // !NOTRACKMOUSEEVENT

#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0400)

//====== Flat Scrollbar APIs=========================================
#ifndef NOFLATSBAPIS

#define WSB_PROP_CYVSCROLL  0x00000001L
#define WSB_PROP_CXHSCROLL  0x00000002L
#define WSB_PROP_CYHSCROLL  0x00000004L
#define WSB_PROP_CXVSCROLL  0x00000008L
#define WSB_PROP_CXHTHUMB   0x00000010L
#define WSB_PROP_CYVTHUMB   0x00000020L
#define WSB_PROP_VBKGCOLOR  0x00000040L
#define WSB_PROP_HBKGCOLOR  0x00000080L
#define WSB_PROP_VSTYLE     0x00000100L
#define WSB_PROP_HSTYLE     0x00000200L
#define WSB_PROP_WINSTYLE   0x00000400L
#define WSB_PROP_PALETTE    0x00000800L
#define WSB_PROP_MASK       0x00000FFFL

#define FSB_FLAT_MODE           2
#define FSB_ENCARTA_MODE        1
#define FSB_REGULAR_MODE        0

WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_EnableScrollBar(HWND, int, UINT);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_ShowScrollBar(HWND, int code, BOOL);

WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_GetScrollRange(HWND, int code, LPINT, LPINT);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_GetScrollInfo(HWND, int code, LPSCROLLINFO);

WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI FlatSB_GetScrollPos(HWND, int code);


WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_GetScrollProp(HWND, int propIndex, LPINT);
#ifdef _WIN64
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_GetScrollPropPtr(HWND, int propIndex, PINT_PTR);
#else
#define FlatSB_GetScrollPropPtr  FlatSB_GetScrollProp
#endif


WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI FlatSB_SetScrollPos(HWND, int code, int pos, BOOL fRedraw);

WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI FlatSB_SetScrollInfo(HWND, int code, LPSCROLLINFO psi, BOOL fRedraw);


WINCOMMCTRLAPI int WINAPI FlatSB_SetScrollRange(HWND, int code, int min, int max, BOOL fRedraw);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_SetScrollProp(HWND, UINT index, INT_PTR newValue, BOOL);
#define FlatSB_SetScrollPropPtr FlatSB_SetScrollProp

WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI InitializeFlatSB(HWND);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI UninitializeFlatSB(HWND);

#endif  //  NOFLATSBAPIS

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0400

#endif /* _WIN32 */

#endif      // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0300

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)
//
// subclassing stuff
//
typedef LRESULT (CALLBACK *SUBCLASSPROC)(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam,
    LPARAM lParam, UINT_PTR uIdSubclass, DWORD_PTR dwRefData);


BOOL WINAPI SetWindowSubclass(HWND hWnd, SUBCLASSPROC pfnSubclass, UINT_PTR uIdSubclass,
    DWORD_PTR dwRefData);
BOOL WINAPI GetWindowSubclass(HWND hWnd, SUBCLASSPROC pfnSubclass, UINT_PTR uIdSubclass,
    DWORD_PTR *pdwRefData);
BOOL WINAPI RemoveWindowSubclass(HWND hWnd, SUBCLASSPROC pfnSubclass,
    UINT_PTR uIdSubclass);

LRESULT WINAPI DefSubclassProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
#endif

#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_LONGHORN)

enum _LI_METRIC
{
   LIM_SMALL, // corresponds to SM_CXSMICON/SM_CYSMICON
   LIM_LARGE, // corresponds to SM_CXICON/SM_CYICON
};

WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI LoadIconMetric(HINSTANCE hinst, PCWSTR pszName, int lims, __out HICON *phico);
WINCOMMCTRLAPI HRESULT WINAPI LoadIconWithScaleDown(HINSTANCE hinst, PCWSTR pszName, int cx, int cy, __out HICON *phico);

#endif // NTDDI_LONGHORN

#if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0501)

int WINAPI DrawShadowText(HDC hdc, __in_ecount(cch) LPCWSTR pszText, UINT cch, RECT* prc, DWORD dwFlags, COLORREF crText, COLORREF crShadow,
    int ixOffset, int iyOffset);
#endif



#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif


#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1200)
#pragma warning(pop)
#endif

#endif  // _INC_COMMCTRL


